1 #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
56 \font_typewriter default
57 \font_default_family default
67 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
68 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
72 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
73 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
74 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
79 \pdf_pagebackref false
80 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
81 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
88 \paperorientation portrait
99 \paragraph_separation indent
101 \quotes_language english
104 \paperpagestyle default
105 \tracking_changes false
106 \output_changes false
122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
124 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
126 \begin_inset CommandInset href
128 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
139 \begin_inset Newline newline
143 \begin_inset Newline newline
147 \begin_inset Note Note
150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
151 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
152 \begin_inset Newline newline
157 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
165 \begin_layout Standard
166 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
167 LatexCommand tableofcontents
174 \begin_layout Chapter
178 \begin_layout Section
182 \begin_layout Standard
183 LyX is a document preparation system.
184 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
185 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
186 It is unlike most other
187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
194 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
196 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
209 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
212 pt type, left justified, 5
213 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
221 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
225 \begin_layout Standard
226 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
239 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
243 \begin_layout Standard
245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
256 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
257 the format of all of the manuals.
258 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
259 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
276 \begin_layout Section
280 \begin_layout Standard
281 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
283 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
284 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
286 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
293 \begin_inset Quotes eld
297 \begin_inset Quotes erd
305 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
308 \begin_layout Standard
309 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
310 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
311 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
313 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
314 only a vertical scrollbar.
315 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
316 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
317 This, however, is due
318 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
319 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
320 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
321 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
323 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
324 this doesn't work for equations yet.
327 \begin_layout Standard
328 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
334 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
336 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
341 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
342 ing sections of this documentation.
345 \begin_layout Section
349 \begin_layout Standard
350 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
355 of the manuals from inside LyX.
356 Just select the manual you want read from the
363 \begin_layout Section
365 \begin_inset CommandInset label
367 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
374 \begin_layout Standard
375 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
376 without resorting to configuration files.
377 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
378 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
379 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
394 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
395 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
396 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
397 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
399 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
407 Reconfiguration of LyX
412 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
415 \begin_layout Section
417 \begin_inset CommandInset label
419 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
426 \begin_layout Standard
427 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
428 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
451 that will be created when using the menu
453 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
472 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
473 \begin_inset Note Note
476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
477 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
478 \begin_inset Quotes eld
482 \begin_inset Quotes erd
485 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
486 More about TeX Code is described in section
491 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
493 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
497 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
502 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
504 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
518 Reconfiguration of LyX
526 \begin_layout Chapter
530 \begin_layout Section
531 Basic File Operations
535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
544 \begin_layout Standard
549 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
550 in addition to some more advanced operations:
553 \begin_layout Itemize
557 \begin_inset Graphics
558 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
559 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
566 \begin_layout Itemize
584 \begin_layout Itemize
590 \begin_inset Graphics
591 filename ../images/file-open.png
592 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
599 \begin_layout Itemize
605 \begin_layout Itemize
611 \begin_inset Graphics
612 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
613 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
620 \begin_layout Itemize
630 \begin_layout Itemize
644 \begin_layout Itemize
654 \begin_layout Itemize
660 \begin_layout Itemize
666 \begin_layout Itemize
672 \begin_inset Graphics
673 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
674 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
681 \begin_layout Itemize
687 \begin_layout Standard
688 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
689 a few minor differences.
692 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
707 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
708 you for a template to use.
709 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
710 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
711 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
717 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
719 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
726 \begin_layout Standard
728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
751 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
752 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
755 \begin_layout Standard
776 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
781 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
806 will reload the document from disk.
807 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
808 and want to restore it to the last save.
817 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
818 can identify this as your changes.
821 \begin_layout Section
822 Basic Editing Features
826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
833 \begin_inset CommandInset label
835 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
842 \begin_layout Standard
843 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
844 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
845 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
846 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
848 We'll start with cut and paste.
851 \begin_layout Standard
852 As you might expect, the
856 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
857 various other editing features.
858 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
862 \begin_layout Itemize
868 \begin_inset Graphics
869 filename ../images/cut.png
870 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
877 \begin_layout Itemize
883 \begin_inset Graphics
884 filename ../images/copy.png
885 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
892 \begin_layout Itemize
898 \begin_inset Graphics
899 filename ../images/paste.png
900 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
907 \begin_layout Itemize
917 \begin_layout Itemize
927 \begin_layout Itemize
941 \begin_inset Graphics
942 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
943 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
951 \begin_layout Standard
952 The first three are self-explanatory.
953 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
954 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
963 keys also functions as the
968 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
969 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
974 to get back the lost text.
977 \begin_layout Standard
981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
987 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
996 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
999 \begin_layout Standard
1002 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1004 \begin_inset space ~
1007 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1009 \begin_inset space ~
1013 \begin_inset space ~
1018 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1024 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1028 \begin_inset space ~
1033 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1034 will start a new paragraph.
1037 \begin_layout Standard
1041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1059 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1061 \begin_inset space ~
1065 \begin_inset space ~
1073 \begin_inset space ~
1077 \begin_inset space ~
1083 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1088 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1091 \begin_inset space ~
1100 \begin_inset space ~
1105 button to skip the current word.
1109 \begin_inset space ~
1114 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1118 \begin_inset space ~
1123 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1125 If the toggle is set, searching for
1126 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1137 will not match the word
1138 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1146 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1152 Match whole words only
1154 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
1156 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1164 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1182 \begin_layout Standard
1183 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1184 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1186 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1191 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1198 \begin_layout Section
1203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1220 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1222 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1229 \begin_layout Standard
1230 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1231 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1234 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1237 or the toolbar button
1238 \begin_inset Graphics
1239 filename ../images/undo.png
1240 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1244 to undo some mistake.
1245 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1247 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1250 or the toolbar button
1251 \begin_inset Graphics
1252 filename ../images/redo.png
1253 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1265 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1266 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1269 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1272 \begin_layout Standard
1273 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
1274 it was last saved, the
1275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1282 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1283 This is a consequence of the 100
1284 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1287 step undo limit, above.
1290 \begin_layout Standard
1299 work on almost everything in LyX.
1300 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1304 \begin_layout Section
1309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1318 \begin_layout Standard
1319 This are the most basic mouse operations.
1322 \begin_layout Enumerate
1327 \begin_layout Itemize
1332 once anywhere in the edit window.
1333 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1337 \begin_layout Enumerate
1342 \begin_layout Itemize
1348 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1351 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1354 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1357 \begin_layout Itemize
1358 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1360 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1367 \begin_layout Enumerate
1368 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1372 \begin_layout Standard
1377 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1378 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1379 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1383 \begin_layout Enumerate
1388 \begin_layout Standard
1393 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1398 \begin_layout Section
1400 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1402 name "sec:Navigating"
1410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1419 \begin_layout Standard
1420 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1423 \begin_layout Itemize
1428 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1429 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1432 \begin_layout Itemize
1435 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1438 or the toolbar button
1439 \begin_inset Graphics
1440 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1441 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1448 \begin_layout Standard
1449 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1450 (TOC) that is described in sec.
1451 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1455 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1457 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1462 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1463 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1464 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1465 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1466 to the document, see
1467 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1469 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1478 option sorts the current list, and the
1482 option keeps it in the current view state.
1483 Keeping means that when you have e.
1484 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1488 \begin_inset space ~
1491 the subsections of section
1492 \begin_inset space ~
1495 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1496 \begin_inset space ~
1499 3, the subsections of section
1500 \begin_inset space ~
1503 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1508 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1509 \begin_inset space ~
1515 \begin_layout Standard
1517 \begin_inset space \space{}
1521 \begin_inset Graphics
1522 filename ../images/down.png
1523 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1528 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1533 \begin_inset space \space{}
1537 \begin_inset Graphics
1538 filename ../images/up.png
1539 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1544 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1548 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1550 So you can for example move section
1551 \begin_inset space ~
1555 \begin_inset space ~
1559 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1561 \begin_inset Graphics
1562 filename ../images/promote.png
1563 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1568 \begin_inset Graphics
1569 filename ../images/demote.png
1570 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1574 or the corresponding key bindings
1582 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1583 So you can for example make section
1584 \begin_inset space ~
1588 \begin_inset space ~
1592 \begin_inset space ~
1598 \begin_layout Section
1603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1676 \begin_layout Standard
1677 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1678 LyX's default is CUA.
1681 \begin_layout Standard
1685 \begin_inset space ~
1693 \begin_inset space ~
1714 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1718 \begin_layout Labeling
1719 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1723 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1724 LatexCommand nomenclature
1726 description "Tabulator key"
1732 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1733 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1734 \begin_inset space ~
1738 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1740 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1745 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1747 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1751 , especially section
1752 \begin_inset space ~
1756 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1758 reference "sub:Lists"
1764 If you're still confused, look in the
1771 \begin_layout Labeling
1772 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1776 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1777 LatexCommand nomenclature
1779 description "Escape key"
1786 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1790 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1793 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1794 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1797 \begin_layout Labeling
1798 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1804 \begin_inset space ~
1808 \begin_inset space ~
1815 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1816 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1820 \begin_layout Standard
1821 There are three modifier keys:
1824 \begin_layout Labeling
1825 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1831 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1839 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1843 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1844 LatexCommand nomenclature
1846 description "Control key"
1850 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1851 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1855 \begin_layout Itemize
1864 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1867 \begin_layout Itemize
1876 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1879 \begin_layout Itemize
1888 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1892 \begin_layout Labeling
1893 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1899 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1907 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1911 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1912 LatexCommand nomenclature
1914 description "Shift key"
1918 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1919 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1922 \begin_layout Labeling
1923 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1937 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1941 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1942 LatexCommand nomenclature
1944 description "Meta or Alt key"
1948 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1949 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1950 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
1956 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1958 menu accelerator keys
1961 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1962 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1966 \begin_layout Standard
1967 For example, the sequence
1968 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1974 \begin_inset space ~
1978 \begin_inset space ~
1984 \begin_inset space ~
1992 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2009 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2015 \begin_inset space ~
2021 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2031 \begin_layout Standard
2032 There are also other things bound to the
2036 key, but you'll have to check in the
2048 \begin_layout Standard
2049 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2050 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2051 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2052 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2053 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2054 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2055 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2056 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2059 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2065 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2072 followed by a capital
2078 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2086 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2096 \begin_layout Standard
2097 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2099 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2104 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2107 as explained in sec.
2108 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2112 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2114 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2121 \begin_layout Chapter
2126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2135 \begin_layout Section
2140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2149 \begin_layout Subsection
2153 \begin_layout Standard
2154 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2155 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2156 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2157 numbering schemes, and so on.
2158 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2159 and format the title of your document differently.
2162 \begin_layout Standard
2167 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2168 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2169 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2170 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2171 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
2174 \begin_layout Standard
2175 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2176 how to adjust their properties.
2179 \begin_layout Subsection
2184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2191 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2193 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2200 \begin_layout Standard
2201 You can select a class using the
2203 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2217 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2221 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2225 \begin_layout Standard
2226 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2230 \begin_layout Description
2231 Article for basic articles
2234 \begin_layout Description
2235 Report for basic reports
2238 \begin_layout Description
2239 Book for writing a book
2242 \begin_layout Description
2243 Letter for US-style letters
2246 \begin_layout Standard
2247 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2249 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
2250 can be found in chapter
2252 Special Document Classes
2261 \begin_layout Description
2262 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2265 \begin_layout Description
2272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2281 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
2285 \begin_layout Description
2286 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2287 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2288 There are three article layouts available.
2289 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2290 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2291 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2292 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2294 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2297 sequential numbering
2298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2301 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2302 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2303 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2304 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2307 \begin_layout Description
2308 Beamer Layout for presentations
2311 \begin_layout Description
2312 broadway Layout for writing plays.
2313 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2317 \begin_layout Description
2319 \begin_inset space ~
2322 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2325 \begin_layout Description
2326 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2329 \begin_layout Description
2332 Die TeXnische Komödie
2334 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
2337 \begin_layout Description
2338 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2341 \begin_layout Description
2342 Foils Used to make transparencies
2345 \begin_layout Description
2346 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2349 \begin_layout Description
2350 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2351 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2355 \begin_layout Description
2356 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2357 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2360 \begin_layout Description
2361 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2364 \begin_layout Description
2365 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2368 \begin_layout Description
2369 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2370 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2373 \begin_layout Description
2374 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2377 \begin_layout Description
2382 LaTeX document class
2385 \begin_layout Description
2386 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2389 \begin_layout Description
2394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2401 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2402 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2404 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2407 \begin_layout Description
2408 Slides Used to make transparencies
2411 \begin_layout Description
2413 \begin_inset space ~
2416 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2417 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2420 \begin_layout Description
2421 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2424 \begin_layout Description
2429 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2432 \begin_layout Standard
2433 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2435 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2440 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2441 of the document classes.
2444 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2446 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2465 \begin_layout Standard
2466 Modules load additional features to a document that are not by default available
2467 in the chosen document class.
2468 For example you might want to use write Braille (embossed printing) in
2470 This is of course not available in any document class, so you have to load
2471 the corresponding module in the
2477 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2491 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2495 \begin_layout Standard
2496 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2504 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
2505 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2513 \begin_layout Standard
2514 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2522 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2530 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2534 \begin_layout Standard
2535 Each class has a default set of options.
2536 Here's a quick table describing them:
2539 \begin_layout Standard
2540 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2546 \begin_layout Standard
2548 \begin_inset Tabular
2549 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2551 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2552 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2553 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2554 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2555 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3009 \begin_layout Standard
3010 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3016 \begin_layout Standard
3017 You're probably also wondering what
3018 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3022 \begin_inset space ~
3026 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3030 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3031 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3036 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3041 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3051 headings, there are also
3059 headings, and so on.
3060 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3061 \begin_inset space ~
3065 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3067 reference "sub:Headings"
3074 \begin_layout Subsection
3079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3086 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3088 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3107 \begin_layout Standard
3108 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3110 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3121 \begin_inset space ~
3126 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3128 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3129 to use for your document.
3130 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3134 \begin_layout Standard
3141 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3147 \begin_inset space ~
3152 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3153 You can choose between the following five options:
3156 \begin_layout Labeling
3157 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3162 Use default page style of current class.
3165 \begin_layout Labeling
3166 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3171 No page numbers or headings.
3174 \begin_layout Labeling
3175 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3183 \begin_layout Labeling
3184 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3189 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3190 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3191 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3194 \begin_layout Labeling
3195 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3200 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3210 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3216 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3217 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3219 Check the documentation for the
3223 package for more details,
3224 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3233 \begin_layout Standard
3238 of paragraphs is described in section
3239 \begin_inset space ~
3243 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3245 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3252 \begin_layout Subsection
3253 Paper Size and Orientation
3257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3258 Document ! Paper size
3264 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3266 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3273 \begin_layout Standard
3274 You'll find the following options in the menu
3277 \begin_inset space ~
3282 of the dialog of the
3284 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3302 \begin_layout Labeling
3303 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3307 \begin_inset space ~
3312 What size paper to print on.
3316 \begin_layout Itemize
3322 \begin_layout Itemize
3332 \begin_layout Itemize
3338 \begin_layout Itemize
3344 \begin_layout Itemize
3350 \begin_layout Itemize
3356 \begin_layout Itemize
3362 \begin_layout Labeling
3363 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3368 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3379 \begin_layout Labeling
3380 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3384 \begin_inset space ~
3389 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3390 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3393 \begin_layout Subsection
3398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3405 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3424 \begin_layout Standard
3425 Paper margins are set in the menu
3427 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3445 \begin_layout Standard
3446 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3447 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3448 the paper format and the font size into account.
3451 \begin_layout Subsection
3455 \begin_layout Standard
3456 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3461 That includes the paragraph environments.
3462 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3463 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3464 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3465 paragraph environments to
3469 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3470 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3471 the conversion and why it failed.
3474 \begin_layout Section
3475 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3480 Paragraph ! Indentation
3488 \begin_layout Subsection
3490 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3492 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3499 \begin_layout Standard
3500 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3501 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3504 \begin_layout Standard
3505 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3506 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3507 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3508 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3512 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3518 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3519 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3520 language than English.
3521 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3524 \begin_layout Standard
3525 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3526 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
3528 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3529 LyX takes care of that.
3530 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3532 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3533 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3534 of a page, and so on.
3538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3539 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3544 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3545 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3549 of these pre-coded spacings.
3550 We'll explain more later.
3553 \begin_layout Subsection
3554 Paragraph Separation
3558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3559 Paragraph ! Separation
3567 \begin_layout Standard
3568 To separate paragraphs, select
3579 \begin_inset space ~
3586 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3599 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3600 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3601 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3604 \begin_layout Standard
3614 \begin_layout Standard
3615 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3616 \begin_inset space ~
3620 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3622 reference "cap:Units"
3627 The default length is 30
3628 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3634 \begin_layout Subsection
3638 \begin_layout Standard
3639 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3642 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3644 \begin_inset space ~
3649 dialog and toggle the
3652 \begin_inset space ~
3657 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
3658 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3659 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3663 \begin_layout Standard
3664 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3665 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3668 \begin_layout Subsection
3673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3674 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3682 \begin_layout Standard
3685 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3698 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3701 \begin_inset space ~
3710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3711 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3720 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3725 installed to use this feature.
3733 \begin_layout Section
3734 Paragraph Environments
3738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3739 Paragraph ! Environments
3745 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3747 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3756 Paragraph environments|(
3764 \begin_layout Subsection
3768 \begin_layout Standard
3769 Paragraph environments correspond to the
3772 \begin_layout Standard
3791 \begin_inset Newline newline
3794 command sequence in LaTeX files.
3795 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3796 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3805 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3808 \begin_layout Standard
3809 A paragraph environment is simply a
3810 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3814 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3817 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3818 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3819 scheme, labels, and so on.
3820 Additionally, you can
3821 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3828 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3829 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3830 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3831 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3832 days of typewriters.
3833 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3835 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3838 \begin_layout Standard
3839 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
3840 \begin_inset Graphics
3841 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
3847 at the left end of the toolbar.
3848 LyX will change the environment of the
3852 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3853 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3854 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3858 \begin_layout Standard
3867 create a new paragraph using the
3871 paragraph environment.
3873 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3877 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3880 because if you are in one of these environments:
3883 \begin_layout Itemize
3889 \begin_layout Itemize
3895 \begin_layout Itemize
3901 \begin_layout Itemize
3907 \begin_layout Itemize
3913 \begin_layout Itemize
3919 \begin_layout Itemize
3925 \begin_layout Standard
3926 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
3930 , rather than resetting it to
3935 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
3936 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
3937 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
3938 \begin_inset space ~
3942 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3944 reference "sec:Nesting"
3949 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
3954 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
3955 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
3963 \begin_layout Subsection
3967 \begin_layout Standard
3968 The default paragraph environment is
3973 It creates a plain paragraph.
3974 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
3975 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
3976 this manual) are in the
3983 \begin_layout Standard
3984 You can nest a paragraph using the
3988 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
3996 \begin_layout Subsection
4001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4010 \begin_layout Standard
4011 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4013 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4017 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4020 for thanks or contact information.
4021 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4022 page along with today's date.
4023 For other types of documents, the title
4024 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4028 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4031 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4035 \begin_layout Standard
4036 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4050 Here's how you use them:
4053 \begin_layout Itemize
4054 Put the title of your document in the
4061 \begin_layout Itemize
4062 Put the author name in the
4069 \begin_layout Itemize
4070 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4071 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4077 Note that using this environment is optional.
4078 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4079 If you don't want any date, add the line
4080 \begin_inset Newline newline
4090 \begin_inset Newline newline
4093 to the preamble of your document (menu
4095 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4101 \begin_layout Standard
4102 You can use footnotes to insert
4103 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4107 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4110 or contact informations.
4113 \begin_layout Subsection
4118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4125 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4134 \begin_layout Standard
4135 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4136 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4139 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4145 Section headings ! Numbered
4153 \begin_layout Standard
4154 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4158 \begin_layout Enumerate
4164 \begin_layout Enumerate
4170 \begin_layout Enumerate
4176 \begin_layout Enumerate
4182 \begin_layout Enumerate
4188 \begin_layout Enumerate
4194 \begin_layout Enumerate
4200 \begin_layout Standard
4201 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4202 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4203 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4206 \begin_layout Standard
4207 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4208 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4209 You group the book into chapters.
4210 LyX does similar grouping:
4213 \begin_layout Itemize
4218 is divided in either
4227 \begin_layout Itemize
4239 \begin_layout Itemize
4251 \begin_layout Itemize
4263 \begin_layout Itemize
4275 \begin_layout Itemize
4287 \begin_layout Standard
4288 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4296 Not all document types use the
4300 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4305 is the top-level heading.
4313 \begin_layout Standard
4318 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4319 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4321 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4323 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4327 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4333 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4339 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4347 \begin_layout Standard
4348 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4352 \begin_layout Enumerate
4358 \begin_layout Enumerate
4364 \begin_layout Enumerate
4370 \begin_layout Enumerate
4376 \begin_layout Enumerate
4382 \begin_layout Standard
4384 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4388 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4391 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4392 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4393 table of contents, see section
4394 \begin_inset space ~
4398 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4407 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4408 Changing the Numbering
4409 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4411 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4418 \begin_layout Standard
4419 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4420 in the Table of Contents.
4421 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4423 Certain classes start with
4437 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4447 This is something you can change.
4450 \begin_layout Standard
4453 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4473 \begin_inset space ~
4477 \begin_inset space ~
4482 you'll see two counters.
4487 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4489 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4493 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4494 Short Titles of Headings
4498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4499 Section headings ! Short titles
4508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4515 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4517 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4524 \begin_layout Standard
4525 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4526 This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
4527 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4528 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4531 \begin_layout Standard
4532 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4533 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4534 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4535 To specify a short title, use the menu
4537 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4539 \begin_inset space ~
4545 This will insert a box labeled
4546 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4550 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4554 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4558 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4561 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4562 This also works for captions inside floats.
4565 \begin_layout Standard
4566 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4569 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4573 \begin_layout Standard
4574 The following information applies to all section headings:
4577 \begin_layout Itemize
4578 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4581 \begin_layout Itemize
4582 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4585 \begin_layout Itemize
4586 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4589 \begin_layout Itemize
4590 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4593 \begin_layout Subsection
4594 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4597 \begin_layout Standard
4598 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4612 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4613 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4614 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4615 the text they contain.
4616 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4624 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4627 \begin_layout Standard
4628 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4637 when you start a new paragraph.
4638 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4642 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4643 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4644 to change back to the
4648 environment yourself.
4651 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4661 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4680 \begin_layout Standard
4681 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4682 time for the differences.
4691 are identical except for one difference:
4695 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4704 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4707 \begin_layout Standard
4708 Here's an example of the
4721 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4723 See -- no indentation!
4727 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4728 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4729 the other paragraph.
4732 \begin_layout Standard
4733 Here's another example, this time in the
4740 \begin_layout Quotation
4746 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4747 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4748 the first line, then
4752 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4756 you were quoting other text.
4759 \begin_layout Quotation
4760 Here's a new paragraph.
4761 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4762 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4765 \begin_layout Standard
4766 As the examples show,
4770 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4771 They should put quotes in the
4776 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4780 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4783 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4811 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4820 \begin_layout Standard
4825 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4831 \begin_inset Newline newline
4834 Which I did not rehearse!
4838 It could be much worse.
4839 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4841 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4842 indented a bit more than the first.
4843 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4849 \begin_inset Newline newline
4852 And make things look fine
4853 \begin_inset Newline newline
4863 \begin_layout Standard
4868 does not indent both margins.
4869 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
4870 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
4881 \begin_layout Subsection
4886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4893 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4902 \begin_layout Standard
4903 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4913 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4922 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4923 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4924 some general features of all four of them.
4927 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4931 \begin_layout Standard
4932 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4934 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4943 reset the environment to
4947 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4948 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
4949 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
4954 to break paragraphs.
4957 \begin_layout Standard
4958 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4959 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4961 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4962 you read all of section
4963 \begin_inset space ~
4967 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4969 reference "sec:Nesting"
4977 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4993 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5002 \begin_layout Standard
5003 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5007 paragraph environment.
5008 It has the following properties:
5011 \begin_layout Itemize
5012 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5016 \begin_layout Itemize
5017 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5020 \begin_layout Itemize
5021 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5025 \begin_layout Itemize
5026 The items can have any length.
5027 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5028 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5035 \begin_layout Itemize
5040 environment inside another
5044 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5048 \begin_layout Itemize
5049 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5052 \begin_layout Itemize
5053 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5056 \begin_layout Itemize
5058 \begin_inset space ~
5062 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5064 reference "sec:Nesting"
5068 for a full explanation of nesting.
5072 \begin_layout Standard
5073 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5082 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5085 \begin_layout Standard
5086 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5087 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5088 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
5091 \begin_layout Itemize
5092 The label for the first level
5096 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5100 \begin_layout Itemize
5101 The label for the second level is a dash.
5105 \begin_layout Itemize
5106 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5110 \begin_layout Itemize
5111 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5115 \begin_layout Itemize
5116 Back out to the third level.
5120 \begin_layout Itemize
5121 Back to the second level.
5125 \begin_layout Itemize
5126 Back to the outermost level.
5129 \begin_layout Standard
5130 These are the default labels for an
5135 You can customize these labels in the
5137 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5140 dialog in the submenu
5150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5159 \begin_layout Standard
5160 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5161 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5163 \begin_inset space ~
5167 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5169 reference "sec:Nesting"
5176 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5192 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5194 name "sec:Enumerate"
5201 \begin_layout Standard
5206 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5207 It has these properties:
5210 \begin_layout Enumerate
5211 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5215 \begin_layout Enumerate
5216 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
5220 \begin_layout Enumerate
5221 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5224 \begin_layout Enumerate
5229 environment resets the counter to one.
5232 \begin_layout Enumerate
5245 \begin_layout Enumerate
5246 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5247 Items can have any length.
5250 \begin_layout Enumerate
5251 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5254 \begin_layout Enumerate
5255 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5258 \begin_layout Enumerate
5259 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5263 \begin_layout Standard
5272 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5273 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5280 \begin_layout Enumerate
5281 The first level of an
5285 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5289 \begin_layout Enumerate
5290 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5294 \begin_layout Enumerate
5295 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5299 \begin_layout Enumerate
5300 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5303 \begin_layout Enumerate
5304 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5309 \begin_layout Enumerate
5310 Back to the third level
5314 \begin_layout Enumerate
5315 Back to the second level.
5319 \begin_layout Enumerate
5320 Back to the outermost level.
5323 \begin_layout Standard
5324 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5329 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5334 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5338 \begin_layout Standard
5339 There is more to nesting
5343 environments than we've stated here.
5344 You should read section
5345 \begin_inset space ~
5349 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5351 reference "sec:Nesting"
5355 to learn more about nesting.
5358 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5376 \begin_layout Standard
5377 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5381 list has no fixed label.
5382 Instead, LyX uses the first
5383 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5387 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5390 of the first line as the label.
5394 \begin_layout Description
5395 Example: This is an example of the
5402 \begin_layout Standard
5403 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5407 \begin_layout Standard
5409 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5413 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5416 it is meant that the first hit of the
5420 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5422 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5433 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5434 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5436 \begin_inset space ~
5442 \begin_inset space ~
5446 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5448 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5452 for more info.) Here is an example:
5455 \begin_layout Description
5457 \begin_inset space ~
5460 Example: This one shows how to use a
5463 \begin_inset space ~
5475 \begin_layout Description
5476 Usage: You should use the
5480 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5481 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5483 It's not a good idea to use a
5487 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5488 You're better off using
5500 paragraphs into them.
5503 \begin_layout Description
5504 Nesting: You can nest
5508 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5512 \begin_layout Standard
5513 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5514 them from the first line.
5517 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5535 \begin_layout Standard
5540 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5544 \begin_layout Standard
5553 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5554 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5557 \begin_layout Labeling
5558 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5560 \begin_inset space ~
5563 labels LyX uses the first
5564 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5568 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5571 of each line as the item label.
5576 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5577 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5578 blank as described above.
5581 \begin_layout Labeling
5582 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5583 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5584 the body of the item text.
5585 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5586 label width plus a little extra space.
5590 \begin_layout Labeling
5591 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5593 \begin_inset space ~
5596 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5598 If the label width is larger, the label
5599 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5603 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5606 into the first line.
5607 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5608 margin of the rest of the item text.
5611 \begin_layout Labeling
5612 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5614 \begin_inset space ~
5617 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5622 environment have the same left margin.
5623 \begin_inset Newline newline
5626 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5629 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5631 \begin_inset space ~
5640 \begin_inset space ~
5645 determines the default label width.
5646 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5648 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5652 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5655 multiple times instead.
5656 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5658 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5662 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5665 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5668 \begin_inset space ~
5673 every time you alter a label in a
5678 \begin_inset Newline newline
5681 The predefined default width is the length of
5682 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5686 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5691 \begin_inset Newline newline
5695 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5703 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5704 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5712 \begin_layout Standard
5717 environment the same way like the
5721 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5727 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5731 \begin_layout Standard
5736 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5738 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5740 \begin_inset space ~
5744 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5746 reference "sec:Nesting"
5750 to learn about nesting.
5753 \begin_layout Standard
5754 There is yet another feature of the
5758 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5760 You can use additional
5764 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5769 are documented in section
5770 \begin_inset space ~
5774 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5776 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5781 Here are some examples:
5784 \begin_layout Labeling
5785 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5786 Left The default for
5793 \begin_layout Labeling
5794 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5795 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5802 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5805 \begin_layout Labeling
5806 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5807 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5811 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5818 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5821 \begin_layout Subsection
5826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5835 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5843 \begin_inset space ~
5851 \begin_layout Standard
5852 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
5860 \begin_inset space ~
5866 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
5867 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
5868 In contrast, you can use the
5875 \begin_inset space ~
5880 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
5881 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
5885 \begin_layout Standard
5886 Of course, you're not limited to using
5893 \begin_inset space ~
5902 \begin_inset space ~
5907 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
5908 some European academic papers.
5911 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5913 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5915 name "sec:Address-Usage"
5922 \begin_layout Standard
5927 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
5928 for the opening and signature in some countries.
5932 \begin_inset space ~
5937 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
5938 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
5939 Here's an example of each:
5942 \begin_layout Right Address
5944 \begin_inset Newline newline
5948 \begin_inset Newline newline
5952 \begin_inset Newline newline
5955 When is it? What is today?
5958 \begin_layout Standard
5962 \begin_inset space ~
5968 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
5969 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
5970 Here's an example of the
5977 \begin_layout Address
5979 \begin_inset Newline newline
5982 Where do I send this
5983 \begin_inset Newline newline
5986 Your post office and country
5989 \begin_layout Standard
5990 As you can see, both
5997 \begin_inset space ~
6002 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6007 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6013 This makes sense, since
6021 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6022 Thus, you have to use
6033 \begin_inset space ~
6036 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6038 \begin_inset space ~
6047 menu) to start a new line in an
6054 \begin_inset space ~
6062 \begin_layout Subsection
6066 \begin_layout Standard
6067 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6068 or list of references.
6069 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6072 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6088 \begin_layout Standard
6093 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6094 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6095 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6096 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6100 in anything else or vice versa.
6106 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6107 The book document classes ignores the
6111 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6115 in a letter document class.
6118 \begin_layout Standard
6123 environment does several things for you.
6124 First, it puts the centered label
6125 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6129 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6133 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6135 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6136 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6137 the subsequent text.
6138 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6139 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6142 \begin_layout Standard
6143 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6147 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6148 The new paragraph will still be in the
6153 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6154 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6157 \begin_layout Standard
6158 \begin_inset Float figure
6163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6165 \begin_inset Graphics
6166 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6175 \begin_inset Caption
6177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6178 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6180 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6201 \begin_layout Standard
6202 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6206 environment, but since this document is in the
6207 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6211 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6214 class, we can't do this.
6215 We inserted it therefore as figure
6216 \begin_inset space ~
6220 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6222 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6227 If you've never heard of an
6228 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6232 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6235 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6238 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6254 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6256 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6263 \begin_layout Standard
6268 environment is used to list references.
6269 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6270 only use it at the end of the document.
6275 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6278 \begin_layout Standard
6279 When you first open a
6283 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6288 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6292 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6299 depending on the document class.
6300 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6301 Each paragraph of the
6305 environment is a bibliography entry.
6310 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6311 Each new paragraph is still in the
6318 \begin_layout Standard
6319 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6320 by using a BibTeX database.
6321 For more information on that, and for a a detailed description of LyX's
6322 bibliography handling, have a look at in section
6323 \begin_inset space ~
6327 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6329 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6336 \begin_layout Subsection
6343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6344 Paragraph ! LyX code
6350 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6359 \begin_layout Standard
6364 environment is another LyX extension.
6365 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6370 key as a fixed whitespace;
6374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6386 \begin_inset space ~
6391 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6396 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6397 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6415 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6416 So, when you finish using the
6420 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6421 Also, you can nest the
6425 environment inside of others.
6428 \begin_layout Standard
6429 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6432 \begin_layout Itemize
6437 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
6449 \begin_layout Itemize
6462 \begin_layout Itemize
6467 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6474 \begin_layout Itemize
6483 \begin_layout Itemize
6484 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6485 You must put at least one
6489 in any line you want blank.
6490 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6493 \begin_layout Itemize
6494 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6498 since that will insert
6503 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6511 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
6514 \begin_layout Standard
6518 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6522 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6526 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6530 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6534 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6535 printf("Hello World!
6540 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6544 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6548 \begin_layout Standard
6549 This is just the standard
6550 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6554 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6561 \begin_layout Standard
6566 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6567 rc-files, and so on.
6568 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6569 as if you used a typewriter.
6573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6574 Paragraph environments|)
6582 \begin_layout Section
6583 Nesting Environments
6587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6588 Nesting ! Environments
6594 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6603 \begin_layout Subsection
6607 \begin_layout Standard
6608 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6610 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
6612 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6614 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6616 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6620 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6626 \begin_layout Enumerate
6630 \begin_layout Enumerate
6635 \begin_layout Enumerate
6639 \begin_layout Enumerate
6644 \begin_layout Enumerate
6648 \begin_layout Standard
6649 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6650 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6653 \begin_inset space ~
6657 \begin_inset space ~
6665 \begin_inset space ~
6669 \begin_inset space ~
6678 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6679 will tell you how far you are nested).
6680 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6681 \begin_inset Graphics
6682 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6687 \begin_inset Graphics
6688 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6692 or the convenient key bindings
6708 to change the nesting level.
6709 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6710 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6714 \begin_layout Standard
6715 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6716 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6717 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6718 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6721 \begin_layout Standard
6722 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6723 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6725 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6728 \begin_layout Subsection
6729 What You Can and Can't Nest
6732 \begin_layout Standard
6733 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6734 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6737 \begin_layout Standard
6738 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6739 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6740 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6743 \begin_layout Itemize
6744 Completely unnestable
6747 \begin_layout Itemize
6748 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
6749 other things inside of them.
6752 \begin_layout Itemize
6753 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6757 \begin_layout Standard
6758 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6759 environments have them:
6762 \begin_layout Description
6763 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6764 Can't nest into them.
6768 \begin_layout Itemize
6774 \begin_layout Itemize
6780 \begin_layout Itemize
6786 \begin_layout Itemize
6792 \begin_layout Itemize
6799 \begin_layout Description
6801 \begin_inset space ~
6804 Nestable You can nest them.
6805 You can nest other things into them.
6809 \begin_layout Itemize
6815 \begin_layout Itemize
6821 \begin_layout Itemize
6827 \begin_layout Itemize
6833 \begin_layout Itemize
6839 \begin_layout Itemize
6845 \begin_layout Itemize
6851 \begin_layout Itemize
6858 \begin_layout Description
6859 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
6860 You can't nest anything into them.
6864 \begin_layout Itemize
6870 \begin_layout Itemize
6876 \begin_layout Itemize
6882 \begin_layout Itemize
6888 \begin_layout Itemize
6894 \begin_layout Itemize
6900 \begin_layout Itemize
6906 \begin_layout Itemize
6912 \begin_layout Itemize
6918 \begin_layout Itemize
6924 \begin_layout Itemize
6930 \begin_layout Itemize
6936 \begin_layout Itemize
6942 \begin_layout Itemize
6946 \begin_inset space ~
6952 \begin_layout Itemize
6959 \begin_layout Standard
6960 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6968 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
6977 \begin_inset space ~
6981 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6985 \begin_inset space ~
6988 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this.
6989 Because the aim is to create well structured documents following usual
6990 guidelines of typesetting, but nested section headings violates them.
6998 \begin_layout Subsection
6999 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7004 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7012 \begin_layout Standard
7013 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7014 affected by nesting anyhow.
7018 \begin_layout Itemize
7022 \begin_layout Itemize
7026 \begin_layout Itemize
7030 \begin_layout Standard
7032 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7040 Figures and tables in
7044 are not affected by this.
7049 Have a look at section
7050 \begin_inset space ~
7054 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7056 reference "sec:Floats"
7060 for more informations about
7067 \begin_layout Standard
7068 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7069 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7073 \begin_layout Standard
7074 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7075 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7079 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7082 of its own, it behaves just like a
7083 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7087 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7090 paragraph environment.
7091 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7095 \begin_layout Standard
7096 Here's an example with a table:
7099 \begin_layout Enumerate
7104 \begin_layout Enumerate
7105 This is (a) and it's nested.
7109 \begin_layout Standard
7110 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7116 \begin_layout Standard
7118 \begin_inset Tabular
7119 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7121 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7122 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7206 \begin_layout Standard
7207 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7214 \begin_layout Enumerate
7216 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7220 \begin_layout Enumerate
7224 \begin_layout Standard
7225 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7228 \begin_layout Enumerate
7233 \begin_layout Enumerate
7234 This is (a) and it's nested.
7238 \begin_layout Standard
7239 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7245 \begin_layout Standard
7247 \begin_inset Tabular
7248 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7250 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7251 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7335 \begin_layout Standard
7336 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7342 \begin_layout Enumerate
7349 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7352 \begin_layout Enumerate
7356 \begin_layout Standard
7357 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7361 \begin_layout Standard
7362 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7364 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7367 \begin_layout Enumerate
7372 \begin_layout Enumerate
7373 This is (a) and it's nested.
7376 \begin_layout Standard
7377 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7383 \begin_layout Standard
7385 \begin_inset Tabular
7386 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7388 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7389 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7473 \begin_layout Standard
7474 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7480 \begin_layout Enumerate
7482 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7490 \begin_layout Enumerate
7494 \begin_layout Standard
7495 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7501 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7502 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7506 \begin_layout Subsection
7507 Usage and General Features
7510 \begin_layout Standard
7511 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7513 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7517 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7520 is the innermost possible depth.
7521 Here's an example to display what we mean:
7524 \begin_layout Enumerate
7525 level #1 - outermost
7529 \begin_layout Enumerate
7534 \begin_layout Enumerate
7539 \begin_layout Enumerate
7544 \begin_layout Itemize
7549 \begin_layout Itemize
7558 \begin_layout Standard
7559 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7560 both of them in the example.
7561 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7571 For example, if we tried to nest another
7576 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7586 \begin_layout Subsection
7591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7600 \begin_layout Standard
7601 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7602 We have several examples of nested environments.
7603 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7607 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7608 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7611 \begin_layout Labeling
7612 \labelwidthstring MMM
7613 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7622 \begin_layout Labeling
7623 \labelwidthstring MMM
7624 #2-a This is level #2.
7625 We created it by using
7637 \begin_layout Labeling
7638 \labelwidthstring MMM
7639 #3-a This is level #3.
7640 This time, we just hit
7649 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7662 \begin_layout Standard
7667 environment, nested inside of
7668 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7672 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7676 So, it's at level #4.
7677 We did this by hitting
7685 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7690 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
7706 \begin_layout Standard
7711 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7718 \begin_layout Labeling
7719 \labelwidthstring MMM
7720 #4-a This is level #4.
7725 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7730 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
7734 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7739 keep nesting things inside of
7740 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7751 \begin_layout Labeling
7752 \labelwidthstring MMM
7753 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7758 \begin_layout Labeling
7759 \labelwidthstring MMM
7760 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7761 and this is level #6.
7762 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7766 \begin_layout Labeling
7767 \labelwidthstring MMM
7768 #5-b Back to level #5.
7781 \begin_layout Labeling
7782 \labelwidthstring MMM
7791 , we're back at level #4.
7795 \begin_layout Labeling
7796 \labelwidthstring MMM
7797 #3-b Back to level #3.
7798 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
7802 \begin_layout Labeling
7803 \labelwidthstring MMM
7804 #2-b Back to level #2.
7809 \begin_layout Labeling
7810 \labelwidthstring MMM
7811 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
7812 After this sentence, we'll hit
7816 and change the paragraph environment back to
7823 \begin_layout Standard
7824 We could have also used the
7840 environment in place of the
7845 The example would have worked exactly the same.
7848 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7849 Example 2: Inheritance
7852 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7853 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
7856 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7866 , after which, we'll change to the
7874 \begin_layout Enumerate
7879 environment, at level #2.
7882 \begin_layout Enumerate
7883 Notice how the nested
7887 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
7891 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
7895 \begin_layout Standard
7896 We ended this example by hitting
7901 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
7905 and resetting the nesting depth by using
7912 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7913 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
7925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7926 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
7934 \begin_layout Enumerate
7935 This is level #1, in an
7939 paragraph environment.
7940 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
7944 \begin_layout Enumerate
7955 Now, what happens if we nest an
7959 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
7960 label be? An asterisk?
7964 \begin_layout Itemize
7974 environment, even though it's at level #3.
7975 So, its label is a bullet.
7976 (We got here by using
7984 , then changing the environment to
7992 \begin_layout Itemize
7993 Here's level #4, produced using
8002 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8007 \begin_layout Enumerate
8008 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8010 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8015 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8019 , because we are in the
8043 \begin_layout Enumerate
8048 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8049 type of numbering does LyX use?
8052 \begin_layout Enumerate
8053 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8057 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8060 \begin_layout Enumerate
8065 to decrease the depth after the next
8073 \begin_layout Enumerate
8075 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8079 \begin_layout Enumerate
8081 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8082 numeral as the label.Why?
8085 \begin_layout Enumerate
8086 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8095 Notice, however, that LyX
8099 reset the counter for the label.
8103 \begin_layout Enumerate
8112 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8113 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8114 into the twofold-nested
8122 \begin_layout Enumerate
8123 The same thing happens if we do another
8131 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8134 \begin_layout Standard
8135 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8140 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8154 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8160 The same rule applies for the
8164 environment, as well.
8167 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8168 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8171 \begin_layout Enumerate
8172 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8173 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8174 same detail with how we did it.
8183 \begin_layout Standard
8186 Return, S-M-Right, Standard
8188 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8189 example in parentheses someplace.
8190 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8191 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8192 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8196 \begin_layout Enumerate
8201 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8206 Now we'll add verse.
8207 \begin_inset Newline newline
8210 It will get much worse.
8211 \begin_inset Newline newline
8216 Return, S-M-Right, Verse
8222 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8223 \begin_inset Newline newline
8226 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8227 \begin_inset Newline newline
8240 \begin_layout Standard
8241 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8247 \begin_layout Standard
8249 \begin_inset Tabular
8250 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8252 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8253 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8341 M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
8345 M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
8351 \begin_layout Enumerate
8356 : level #1) This is another item.
8357 Note that selecting a
8361 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8362 3 times to put the table inside the
8370 \begin_layout Quotation
8371 We're now ending the
8375 list and changing to
8380 We're still at level #1.
8381 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8382 The next set of paragraphs is a
8383 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8387 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8397 \begin_inset space ~
8402 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8406 for the letter body.
8411 to preserve the depth.
8412 Remember that you need to use
8416 to create multiple lines inside the
8423 \begin_inset space ~
8433 \begin_layout Right Address
8435 \begin_inset Newline newline
8438 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8439 \begin_inset Newline newline
8445 \begin_layout Address
8447 \begin_inset space ~
8453 \begin_layout Quotation
8454 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8455 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8458 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8459 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8460 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8461 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8462 as soon as possible.
8463 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8466 \begin_layout Quotation
8467 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8468 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8469 with your order, along with payment.
8472 \begin_layout Quotation
8473 We thank you again for your patience.
8476 \begin_layout Address
8478 \begin_inset Newline newline
8485 \begin_layout Quotation
8486 That ends that example!
8489 \begin_layout Standard
8490 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8491 just a few keystrokes.
8492 We could have easily nested an
8513 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8516 \begin_layout Section
8517 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8530 \begin_layout Standard
8531 What is a space? While you might be used to press the space key anytime
8532 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8533 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8534 be broken at the end of a line.
8535 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8539 \begin_layout Subsection
8541 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8543 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8560 \begin_layout Standard
8561 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8563 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8567 Further documentation is given in section
8568 \begin_inset Newline newline
8572 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8574 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8582 \begin_layout Standard
8583 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8584 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8588 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8592 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8596 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8598 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8603 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8607 A protected space is set with
8609 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8610 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8614 \begin_inset space ~
8628 \begin_layout Subsection
8630 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8632 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8641 Spacing ! Horizontal
8649 \begin_layout Standard
8650 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8652 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8653 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8657 The length units are listed in Appendix
8658 \begin_inset space ~
8662 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8664 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8671 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8673 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8675 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8692 \begin_layout Standard
8694 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8698 \begin_inset space \space{}
8701 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
8702 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
8703 \begin_inset space ~
8707 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8709 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8714 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8715 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
8722 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8724 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8726 name "sub:Thin-Space"
8734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8743 \begin_layout Standard
8745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8752 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
8753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8761 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
8762 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
8763 inside abbreviations:
8768 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8772 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program, i.
8773 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8777 \begin_inset space \space{}
8783 \begin_layout Standard
8784 or between values and units.
8785 Compare for example this:
8786 \begin_inset Newline newline
8790 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8794 \begin_inset Newline newline
8800 \begin_layout Standard
8801 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
8803 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8804 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8806 \begin_inset space ~
8818 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8820 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8822 name "sub:More-Spaces"
8829 \begin_layout Standard
8830 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
8833 \begin_layout Description
8835 \begin_inset space ~
8839 \begin_inset space ~
8843 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8847 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
8851 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8854 Negative thin space between the arrows.
8857 \begin_layout Description
8859 \begin_inset space ~
8863 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8867 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8871 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
8875 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8879 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8882 em) space between the arrows.
8885 \begin_layout Description
8887 \begin_inset space ~
8891 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8895 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8899 \begin_inset space \quad{}
8903 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8907 \begin_inset space ~
8911 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8914 em) space between the arrows.
8917 \begin_layout Description
8919 \begin_inset space ~
8923 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8927 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8931 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
8935 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8939 \begin_inset space ~
8943 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8946 em) space between the arrows.
8949 \begin_layout Description
8951 \begin_inset space ~
8955 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8959 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
8964 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8968 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8971 cm space between the arrows.
8974 \begin_layout Standard
8976 \begin_inset space ~
8980 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8982 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
8986 lists the different space sizes.
8989 \begin_layout Standard
8990 \begin_inset Float table
8995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8997 \begin_inset Caption
8999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9000 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9002 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9006 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9016 \begin_inset Tabular
9017 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9019 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9020 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9060 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9084 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9108 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9132 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9147 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9160 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9175 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9188 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9203 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9216 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9237 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9255 \begin_layout Standard
9256 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9257 in a uniform fashion.
9258 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9259 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9260 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9261 equally between themselves.
9265 \begin_layout Standard
9266 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9271 This is on the left side
9272 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9275 This is on the right
9281 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9285 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9294 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9298 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9302 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9308 \begin_layout Standard
9309 That was an example in the
9315 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9319 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9323 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9326 is one in a standard paragraph.
9327 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9331 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9334 \begin_layout Standard
9335 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9338 \begin_inset space ~
9343 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9346 \begin_layout Standard
9348 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9352 \begin_inset space ~
9358 \begin_layout Standard
9360 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9364 \begin_inset space ~
9370 \begin_layout Standard
9372 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9376 \begin_inset space ~
9382 \begin_layout Standard
9384 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9388 \begin_inset space ~
9394 \begin_layout Standard
9396 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9400 \begin_inset space ~
9406 \begin_layout Standard
9408 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9412 \begin_inset space ~
9418 \begin_layout Standard
9419 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9427 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9431 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9432 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9433 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9437 option in the space dialog.
9445 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9459 \begin_layout Standard
9460 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9462 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9465 \begin_layout Standard
9466 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9469 What is correct English?:
9470 \begin_inset Newline newline
9474 \begin_inset Newline newline
9478 \begin_inset space ~
9481 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9482 \begin_inset Newline newline
9489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9500 \begin_inset Newline newline
9507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9518 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9524 \begin_layout Standard
9525 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9526 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9530 \begin_inset space ~
9534 \begin_inset space ~
9538 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9542 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9554 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9558 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9560 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
9564 for more information about TeX-Code.
9570 In our case write the command
9577 (note the space after
9578 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9582 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9585 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9586 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9587 That is why it is named
9588 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9592 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9600 There exists also the commands
9612 , but this too special for the LyX User Guide.
9613 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9614 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9616 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9628 \begin_layout Subsection
9630 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9632 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9649 \begin_layout Standard
9650 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9652 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9653 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9655 \begin_inset space ~
9661 There you find the following sizes:
9664 \begin_layout Standard
9677 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
9682 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9684 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9697 for the paragraph separation.
9698 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
9709 \begin_layout Standard
9718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9724 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
9725 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
9727 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
9728 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
9737 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
9741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9746 s are described in section
9747 \begin_inset space ~
9751 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9753 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9762 If there are several
9766 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
9767 You can therefore use
9771 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
9774 \begin_layout Standard
9779 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
9780 \begin_inset space ~
9784 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9786 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9793 \begin_layout Standard
9794 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9804 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
9805 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
9817 \begin_layout Subsection
9821 \begin_layout Standard
9822 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
9824 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9828 There are four possibilities:
9831 \begin_layout Itemize
9837 \begin_layout Itemize
9843 \begin_layout Itemize
9849 \begin_layout Itemize
9855 \begin_layout Standard
9856 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
9857 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
9858 the left and right margins.
9859 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
9862 \begin_layout Standard
9864 This paragraph is right aligned,
9867 \begin_layout Standard
9869 this one is centered,
9872 \begin_layout Standard
9874 this one is left aligned.
9877 \begin_layout Subsection
9882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9883 Page breaks ! Forced
9889 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9891 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
9898 \begin_layout Standard
9899 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
9900 can force a page break where you want one.
9901 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
9902 Only if you use many
9906 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
9909 \begin_layout Standard
9910 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
9911 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
9915 have to change the page breaking.
9918 \begin_layout Standard
9919 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
9921 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
9923 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9924 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9926 \begin_inset space ~
9932 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
9934 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9935 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9937 \begin_inset space ~
9942 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
9944 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
9945 on which only the last few lines are absent.
9948 \begin_layout Standard
9949 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
9950 at the top of a page.
9951 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
9952 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
9953 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
9954 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
9956 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9958 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
9969 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9971 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9973 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
9981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9990 \begin_layout Standard
9991 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
9992 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
9993 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
9994 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
9995 if necessary by adding pages.
9998 \begin_layout Standard
9999 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10001 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10002 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10004 \begin_inset space ~
10010 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10012 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10013 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10015 \begin_inset space ~
10019 \begin_inset space ~
10024 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10025 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10028 \begin_layout Subsection
10033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10040 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10042 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10049 \begin_layout Standard
10050 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10052 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10054 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10055 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10057 \begin_inset space ~
10061 \begin_inset space ~
10071 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10073 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10074 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10076 \begin_inset space ~
10080 \begin_inset space ~
10085 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10087 This is necessary to avoid
10088 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10092 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10095 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10098 \begin_layout Standard
10099 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10100 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10101 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10102 set a line break, e.g.
10103 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10104 \begin_inset space ~
10108 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10110 reference "sec:Quote"
10115 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10117 reference "sec:Verse"
10122 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10124 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10131 \begin_layout Subsection
10133 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10135 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10152 \begin_layout Standard
10157 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10158 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10160 \begin_inset space ~
10165 you can insert horizontal lines that spans over the whole document columns
10171 \begin_layout Section
10172 Characters and Symbols
10175 \begin_layout Standard
10176 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10177 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10178 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10182 \begin_inset space ~
10185 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10187 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10191 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10193 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10197 for informations how this is done.
10200 \begin_layout Standard
10201 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10206 dialog via the menu
10208 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10209 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10215 \begin_layout Standard
10216 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10224 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10225 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10226 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10234 \begin_layout Section
10235 Fonts and Text Styles
10236 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10238 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10245 \begin_layout Subsection
10250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10259 \begin_layout Standard
10260 There are two types of fonts:
10263 \begin_layout Description
10265 \begin_inset space ~
10272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10278 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
10279 characters) in the font.
10280 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10281 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10282 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10283 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10284 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10285 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
10286 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
10287 provide a good image.
10288 \begin_inset Newline newline
10291 One could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10292 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10293 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
10294 sizes than at small ones.
10295 \begin_inset Newline newline
10309 \begin_inset space ~
10317 \begin_layout Description
10319 \begin_inset space ~
10326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10332 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10333 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10334 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10335 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10336 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10337 picture manipulation program.
10338 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10339 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10340 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10341 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10342 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10344 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
10345 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10346 \begin_inset Newline newline
10349 Bitmap fonts are named
10352 \begin_inset space ~
10357 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10360 \begin_layout Standard
10361 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10362 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10363 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10364 That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
10368 \begin_layout Standard
10369 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10370 its document properties.
10373 \begin_layout Standard
10374 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10375 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10376 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10377 font to emphasize text, you use an
10378 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10382 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10386 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10387 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10391 \begin_layout Subsection
10392 Document Font and Font size
10393 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10395 name "sub:Document-Font"
10403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10422 \begin_layout Standard
10423 You can set the document fonts in the
10425 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10433 Document ! Settings
10439 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10440 font shapes roman (serif),
10443 \begin_inset space ~
10455 \begin_layout Standard
10456 The possible options for the font include
10460 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10465 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10466 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10474 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10482 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10487 European Computer Modern
10490 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10500 \begin_layout Standard
10509 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
10510 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10515 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10518 \begin_inset space ~
10523 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10529 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10530 There are three ways to use one:
10533 \begin_layout Itemize
10534 One way is to use the
10544 Virtual means that it
10545 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10549 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10556 -glyphs from other fonts.
10557 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10559 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10563 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10567 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10571 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10579 Loading the LaTeX-package
10587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10588 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10593 with the document preamble line
10596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10601 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10605 will fix the guillemet problem.
10610 and that accented characters are not
10614 glyph, they are build of
10618 characters, the accent and the letter.
10619 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10623 fonts for words with accented characters.
10624 If you search for example for the French word
10625 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10629 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10632 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
10634 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10638 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10641 and not for the glyph
10642 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10646 \begin_inset space ~
10650 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10656 \begin_layout Itemize
10657 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
10661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10670 , consists of these three main font types
10673 \begin_inset space ~
10702 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10706 \begin_inset space ~
10713 as typewriter font.
10714 \begin_inset Newline newline
10717 The differences between roman,
10720 \begin_inset space ~
10729 fonts are explained in section
10730 \begin_inset space ~
10734 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10736 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10741 \begin_inset Newline newline
10748 was originally designed for newspapers.
10749 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
10750 into the small newspaper columns.
10755 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
10758 \begin_layout Itemize
10759 The best solution is to use the
10768 These fonts are developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
10773 In most cases they look the same as
10781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10782 One difference is improved kerning for the
10795 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
10806 \begin_layout Standard
10807 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10810 For the font size there are four possible values:
10827 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
10830 \begin_layout Standard
10831 The font sizes are the
10836 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
10837 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
10838 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
10841 \begin_inset space ~
10847 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
10848 \begin_inset space ~
10852 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10854 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10861 \begin_layout Standard
10866 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
10867 a font to display the script characters.
10871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10872 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
10877 So this has no effect for the document language
10893 \begin_layout Standard
10894 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10898 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10906 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
10910 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
10911 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
10912 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
10914 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10917 dialog, see section
10918 \begin_inset space ~
10922 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10924 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
10936 \begin_layout Subsection
10937 Using Different Character Styles
10941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10960 \begin_layout Standard
10961 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
10962 certain paragraph environments.
10963 LyX supports two character styles,
10972 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
10976 \begin_layout Standard
10981 style, do one of the following:
10984 \begin_layout Itemize
10985 click on the toolbar button
10986 \begin_inset Graphics
10987 filename ../images/font-noun.png
10994 \begin_layout Itemize
10995 use the key binding
10998 \begin_inset space ~
11004 \begin_layout Standard
11005 These commands are all toggles.
11010 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11013 \begin_layout Standard
11014 One typically uses the
11018 style for proper names.
11020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11027 is the original author of LyX.
11028 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11034 \begin_layout Standard
11035 A more widely used character style is the
11040 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
11047 \begin_layout Itemize
11048 clicking on the toolbar button
11049 \begin_inset Graphics
11050 filename ../images/font-emph.png
11057 \begin_layout Itemize
11058 using the keybindings
11061 \begin_inset space ~
11067 \begin_layout Standard
11072 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11073 es use a different font.
11076 \begin_layout Standard
11077 We've been using the
11081 style all over the place in this document.
11082 Here's one more example:
11085 \begin_layout Quotation
11088 Don't overuse character styles!
11091 \begin_layout Standard
11092 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11093 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11094 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11095 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11099 \begin_layout Standard
11100 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11103 \begin_inset space ~
11110 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11112 \begin_inset space ~
11120 \begin_layout Subsection
11121 Fine-Tuning with the
11126 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11128 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11145 \begin_layout Standard
11146 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
11147 gives you a way to create custom character style.
11148 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
11149 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
11150 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
11151 from ordinary dialog.
11154 \begin_layout Standard
11155 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
11156 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
11157 \begin_inset Newline newline
11160 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
11161 tend to look like someone has knocked huge holes in it.
11164 \begin_layout Standard
11165 To use custom character styles, open the
11167 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11169 \begin_inset space ~
11175 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11176 font property which you can choose.
11177 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11180 \begin_inset space ~
11185 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11190 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11191 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11192 environments in a snap.
11195 \begin_layout Standard
11196 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11199 \begin_inset space ~
11211 \begin_layout Labeling
11212 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11218 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11222 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11226 The possible options are:
11230 \begin_layout Labeling
11231 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11236 This is the Roman font family.
11237 Normally a serif font.
11238 It's also the default family.
11243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11255 \begin_inset space ~
11264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11272 \begin_inset Note Note
11275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11276 The LaTeX-command prevents text to be broken at the end of a line.
11277 It is explained in section
11278 \begin_inset space ~
11282 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11284 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
11296 \begin_layout Labeling
11297 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11301 \begin_inset space ~
11308 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11327 \begin_inset space ~
11336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11346 \begin_layout Labeling
11347 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11354 This is the Typewriter font family.
11361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11373 \begin_inset space ~
11382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11395 \begin_layout Labeling
11396 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11401 This corresponds to the print weight.
11406 \begin_layout Labeling
11407 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11412 This is the Medium font series.
11413 It's also the default series.
11416 \begin_layout Labeling
11417 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11424 This is the Bold font series.
11431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11443 \begin_inset space ~
11452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11463 \begin_layout Labeling
11464 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11469 As the name implies.
11474 \begin_layout Labeling
11475 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11480 This is the Upright font shape.
11481 It's also the default shape.
11484 \begin_layout Labeling
11485 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11499 s the Italic font shape
11505 \begin_layout Labeling
11506 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11513 This is the Slanted font shape
11515 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11518 \begin_layout Labeling
11519 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11523 \begin_inset space ~
11530 This is the Small caps font shape
11537 \begin_layout Labeling
11538 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11543 Alters the size of the font.
11544 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11545 nal to the document font size.
11546 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11547 what you want to do.
11552 \begin_layout Labeling
11553 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11565 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11587 \begin_inset space ~
11596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11619 \begin_inset space ~
11628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11638 \begin_layout Labeling
11639 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11647 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11651 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11673 \begin_inset space ~
11682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11692 \begin_layout Labeling
11693 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11701 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11705 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11727 \begin_inset space ~
11736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11759 \begin_inset space ~
11768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11778 \begin_layout Labeling
11779 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11791 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11813 \begin_inset space ~
11822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11845 \begin_inset space ~
11854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11864 \begin_layout Labeling
11865 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11871 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11875 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11879 It's also the default size.
11884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11896 \begin_inset space ~
11905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11928 \begin_inset space ~
11937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11947 \begin_layout Labeling
11948 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11956 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11960 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11982 \begin_inset space ~
11991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12014 \begin_inset space ~
12023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12033 \begin_layout Labeling
12034 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12068 \begin_inset space ~
12077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12100 \begin_inset space ~
12109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12119 \begin_layout Labeling
12120 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12128 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12132 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12154 \begin_inset space ~
12163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12173 \begin_layout Labeling
12174 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12182 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12186 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12208 \begin_inset space ~
12217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12240 \begin_inset space ~
12249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12259 \begin_layout Labeling
12260 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12268 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12272 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12294 \begin_inset space ~
12303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12326 \begin_inset space ~
12335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12346 \begin_layout Standard
12351 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12352 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12353 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12354 - use that instead.
12355 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12358 \begin_layout Labeling
12359 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12364 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12369 \begin_layout Labeling
12370 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12377 This is text with emphasize on
12380 This might seem like the same as
12384 , but it is actually a bit different.
12390 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12392 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12395 \begin_layout Labeling
12396 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12403 This is text with Underbar on.
12410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12422 \begin_inset space ~
12431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12441 \begin_inset Newline newline
12446 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
12447 when you couldn't change fonts.
12448 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12449 It's only included in LyX because some people
12453 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12456 \begin_layout Labeling
12457 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12464 This is text with Noun on.
12471 , this is a logical attribute.
12472 Normally it's equivalent to
12475 \begin_inset space ~
12484 \begin_layout Labeling
12485 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12490 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12491 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12495 \begin_inset space ~
12500 , which is the default
12501 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12505 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12508 and means normally black, you can choose between
12544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12553 \begin_layout Labeling
12554 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12559 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12560 the language of the document.
12561 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12565 \begin_layout Standard
12566 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12567 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12569 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12571 \begin_inset space ~
12576 dialog, the settings are saved.
12577 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12578 \begin_inset Graphics
12579 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12584 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12585 when the dialog isn't visible.
12589 \begin_layout Standard
12590 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12593 \begin_inset space ~
12599 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12600 (suppose you just set the shape to
12601 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12605 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12609 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12613 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12619 \begin_inset space ~
12631 \begin_layout Standard
12632 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12640 \begin_inset space ~
12652 \begin_layout Itemize
12658 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12662 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12665 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12666 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12670 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12674 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12678 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12683 \begin_inset Newline newline
12690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12715 \begin_inset Note Note
12718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12719 For more on phantoms see section
12720 \begin_inset space ~
12724 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12726 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12736 \begin_inset Newline newline
12742 \begin_layout Itemize
12747 fonts use characters with serifs.
12748 These are the small
12749 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12753 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12756 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
12757 The following example will show the difference:
12758 \begin_inset Newline newline
12762 \begin_inset Newline newline
12767 text without serifs
12770 \begin_inset Newline newline
12773 Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
12774 They are therefore used as default font (named
12781 \begin_layout Itemize
12787 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12788 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12791 \begin_layout Standard
12792 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12793 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12796 \begin_layout Section
12797 Printing and Previewing
12800 \begin_layout Subsection
12804 \begin_layout Standard
12805 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12806 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12807 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12808 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12809 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
12812 \begin_inset space ~
12820 \begin_layout Standard
12821 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12822 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12823 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12824 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12825 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12826 This happens in two stages:
12829 \begin_layout Enumerate
12830 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12831 generating a file with the extension,
12832 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12840 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12846 \begin_layout Enumerate
12847 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12851 file to produce printable output.
12855 \begin_layout Subsection
12856 Output file formats
12860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12867 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12869 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12876 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12882 File formats ! ASCII
12890 \begin_layout Standard
12891 This file type has the extension
12892 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12900 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12904 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12905 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12908 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12915 \begin_layout Standard
12916 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12918 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12919 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12925 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12931 File formats ! LaTeX
12939 \begin_layout Standard
12940 This file type has the extension
12941 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12949 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12952 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12954 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12955 it manually with console commands.
12956 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12957 you view or export your document.
12960 \begin_layout Standard
12961 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12963 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12964 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12981 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12995 \begin_layout Standard
12996 This file type has the extension
12997 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13005 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13010 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13014 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13017 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
13018 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
13019 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
13021 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
13025 \begin_layout Standard
13026 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
13029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13034 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
13035 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
13040 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
13041 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
13042 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
13043 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
13046 \begin_layout Standard
13047 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
13049 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13050 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13056 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13062 File formats ! PostScript
13070 \begin_layout Standard
13071 This file type has the extension
13072 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13080 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13084 PostScript was developed by the company
13088 as printer language.
13089 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
13091 PostScript can be seen as
13092 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13095 programming language
13096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13099 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
13103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13104 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
13113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13114 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
13124 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
13127 \begin_layout Standard
13128 PostScript can only contain images in the format
13129 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13132 Encapsulated PostScript
13133 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13136 (EPS, file extension
13137 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13145 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13149 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
13150 to convert them in the background to EPS.
13151 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
13152 whenever you view or export your document.
13153 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
13154 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
13155 EPS to avoid this problem.
13158 \begin_layout Standard
13159 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
13161 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13162 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13168 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13192 \begin_layout Standard
13193 This file type has the extension
13194 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13207 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13210 Portable Document Format
13211 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13214 (PDF) is developed by
13218 as derivative from PostScript.
13219 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
13221 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13225 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13228 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
13229 looks exactly the same.
13232 \begin_layout Standard
13233 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
13234 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13237 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13238 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13241 (JPG, file extension
13242 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13250 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13266 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13269 Portable Network Graphics
13270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13273 (PNG, file extension
13274 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13282 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13286 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
13287 in the background to one of these formats.
13288 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
13289 will slow down your workflow.
13290 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
13293 \begin_layout Standard
13294 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
13296 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13299 in three different ways:
13302 \begin_layout Description
13303 PDF This uses the program
13307 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
13308 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13312 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13313 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13316 \begin_layout Description
13318 \begin_inset space ~
13321 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13325 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13329 \begin_layout Description
13331 \begin_inset space ~
13334 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13338 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13341 \begin_layout Standard
13342 We recommend to use
13345 \begin_inset space ~
13354 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
13360 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
13363 \begin_layout Subsection
13368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13377 \begin_layout Standard
13378 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13379 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13383 and choose a file type.
13384 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
13387 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13390 you can use the toolbar button
13391 \begin_inset Graphics
13392 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13402 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13404 \begin_inset space ~
13410 \begin_inset Graphics
13411 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13417 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13421 \begin_inset Graphics
13422 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13433 \begin_layout Standard
13434 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13435 viewer window using the menu
13437 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13443 \begin_layout Standard
13444 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13446 To have a real output, export your document.
13449 \begin_layout Subsection
13450 Printing the File from within LyX
13451 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13453 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13460 \begin_layout Standard
13461 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
13462 it directly from within LyX.
13463 To print a file, select the menu
13465 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13468 or click on the toolbar button
13469 \begin_inset Graphics
13470 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13475 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13476 This file is then processed by the program
13480 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13485 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13488 \begin_layout Standard
13489 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
13490 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13491 printing one set to print on the other side.
13492 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13493 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13494 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13497 \begin_layout Standard
13498 You can set the parameters in the
13501 \begin_inset space ~
13509 \begin_layout Labeling
13510 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13515 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13520 Note that this printer name is for the program
13529 has to be configured for this printer name.
13530 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13531 \begin_inset space ~
13535 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13537 reference "sub:Printer"
13546 The printer should understand PostScript.
13549 \begin_layout Labeling
13550 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13555 The name of a file to print to.
13556 The output will be a PostScript file.
13557 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13561 \begin_layout Section
13562 A few Words about Typography
13566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13575 \begin_layout Subsection
13580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13589 \begin_layout Standard
13591 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13599 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13602 character comes in three lengths, often called the
13617 \begin_layout Enumerate
13619 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13623 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13627 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13635 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13641 \begin_layout Enumerate
13643 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13647 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13651 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13672 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13678 \begin_layout Enumerate
13680 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13684 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13688 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13722 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13728 \begin_layout Enumerate
13730 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13734 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13738 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13742 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13750 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13756 \begin_layout Standard
13757 You generate them by inserting the
13758 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13766 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13769 character multiple times in a row.
13770 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
13771 final output, but not in LyX.
13774 \begin_layout Standard
13775 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13776 math mode and has a length of its own.
13777 Here are some examples of the
13778 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13786 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13792 \begin_layout Enumerate
13793 line- and page-breaks
13794 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13804 \begin_layout Enumerate
13806 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13816 \begin_layout Enumerate
13817 Oh --- there's a dash.
13818 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13828 \begin_layout Enumerate
13829 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13833 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13843 \begin_layout Subsection
13848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13855 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13857 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13864 \begin_layout Standard
13865 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13866 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13875 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13880 following the rules of the document language
13884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13885 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13893 \begin_inset space ~
13897 \begin_inset space ~
13904 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13915 \begin_layout Standard
13916 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
13921 and with unusual constructs, like
13922 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13926 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13930 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13931 This is done with the menu
13933 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13934 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13936 \begin_inset space ~
13942 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13943 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13946 \begin_layout Standard
13947 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13948 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
13949 a hyphen and a space in the form
13950 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13954 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13958 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
13959 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13963 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13966 as hyphenation possibility.
13967 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13968 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
13969 of the LaTeX-box-command
13975 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13976 As LyX doesn't support
13982 , we have to use TeX Code.
13983 The result looks in LyX like:
13986 \begin_layout Standard
13987 \begin_inset Graphics
13988 filename clipart/mbox.png
13995 \begin_layout Standard
13996 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
13997 \begin_inset space ~
14001 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14003 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14010 \begin_layout Subsection
14015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14024 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14025 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
14026 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14028 name "sub:Abbreviations"
14035 \begin_layout Standard
14036 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
14037 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
14038 LaTeX then adds the
14039 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14042 appropriate amount of space
14043 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14047 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
14049 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
14052 \begin_layout Standard
14053 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
14056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14067 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
14068 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
14071 \begin_layout Standard
14072 Here are some examples of
14076 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
14079 \begin_layout Itemize
14084 \begin_layout Itemize
14089 \begin_layout Standard
14090 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
14093 \begin_layout Itemize
14096 this is too much space!
14099 \begin_layout Itemize
14104 \begin_layout Standard
14105 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
14108 \begin_layout Standard
14109 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
14112 \begin_layout Enumerate
14116 \begin_inset space ~
14121 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
14122 \begin_inset space ~
14126 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14128 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
14136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14137 Spaces ! inter-word
14145 \begin_layout Enumerate
14149 \begin_inset space ~
14154 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
14155 \begin_inset space ~
14159 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14161 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
14169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14178 \begin_layout Enumerate
14182 \begin_inset space ~
14186 \begin_inset space ~
14190 \begin_inset space ~
14197 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14199 \begin_inset space ~
14204 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
14205 This function is also bound to
14212 \begin_layout Standard
14213 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14216 \begin_layout Itemize
14218 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14222 \begin_inset space \space{}
14225 this is too much space!
14228 \begin_layout Itemize
14229 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14233 \begin_layout Standard
14234 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14235 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
14236 LaTeX will care about this.
14239 \begin_layout Standard
14240 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14244 \begin_inset space ~
14249 feature described in section
14260 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14266 Typography ! Quotes
14275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14306 \begin_layout Standard
14307 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14308 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14309 and use a closing quote at the end.
14311 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14315 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14319 The keyboard character,
14323 , generates this automatically.
14326 \begin_layout Standard
14327 You can change the behavior of the
14331 key using the submenu
14337 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14345 Document ! Settings
14353 \begin_layout Standard
14354 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14359 There are six choices:
14362 \begin_layout Labeling
14363 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14375 Use quotes like this
14376 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14380 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14384 \begin_inset Quotes els
14388 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14394 \begin_layout Labeling
14395 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14398 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14402 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14408 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14412 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14416 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14422 \begin_layout Labeling
14423 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14426 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14430 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14436 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14440 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14444 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14448 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14454 \begin_layout Labeling
14455 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14458 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14462 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14468 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14472 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14476 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14480 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14486 \begin_layout Labeling
14487 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14490 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14494 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14500 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14504 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14508 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14512 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14518 \begin_layout Labeling
14519 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14522 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14526 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14532 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14536 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14540 \begin_inset Quotes als
14544 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14550 \begin_layout Standard
14551 These settings affects what character the
14558 \begin_layout Subsection
14563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14564 Typography ! Ligatures
14573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14602 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14604 name "sub:Ligatures"
14611 \begin_layout Standard
14612 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14613 print them as single characters.
14614 These groups are known as
14619 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14621 Here are the standard ligatures:
14624 \begin_layout Itemize
14628 \begin_layout Itemize
14632 \begin_layout Itemize
14636 \begin_layout Itemize
14640 \begin_layout Itemize
14644 \begin_layout Standard
14645 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14648 \begin_layout Standard
14649 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14650 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14651 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14655 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14658 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14659 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14663 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14667 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14671 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14674 To break a ligature, use
14676 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14677 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14679 \begin_inset space ~
14686 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14690 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14694 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14697 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14699 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14703 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14707 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14711 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14714 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14716 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14722 \begin_layout Subsection
14727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14734 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14736 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14743 \begin_layout Standard
14744 You have surely noticed, that the word
14745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14752 appears always with characters in different size and height.
14753 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14754 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
14755 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14770 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14774 \begin_inset Note Note
14777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14778 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14779 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14783 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14786 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14787 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14792 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14796 \begin_layout Description
14797 LyX The name of the game, write
14798 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14813 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14819 \begin_layout Description
14820 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14821 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14836 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14842 \begin_layout Description
14843 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14844 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14859 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14865 \begin_layout Description
14866 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14867 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14882 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14888 \begin_layout Standard
14889 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14890 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14894 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14898 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14902 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14903 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14904 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14907 : The actual version is
14908 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14912 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14915 , the previous one was
14916 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14920 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14926 \begin_layout Standard
14927 If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
14928 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14930 This will look in LyX like:
14931 \begin_inset Graphics
14932 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14938 \begin_inset Newline newline
14941 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14942 \begin_inset space ~
14946 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14948 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14955 \begin_layout Subsection
14960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14969 \begin_layout Standard
14970 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14971 space between two words.
14972 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14975 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14979 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14982 for units use the menu
14984 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14985 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14987 \begin_inset space ~
14999 \begin_layout Standard
15000 Here's an example to show the differences:
15003 \begin_layout Standard
15004 \begin_inset Tabular
15005 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
15007 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15008 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15015 \begin_inset space ~
15019 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
15027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15031 space between number and unit
15038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15043 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15047 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
15055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15059 half space between number and unit
15072 \begin_layout Subsection
15077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15078 Typography ! Widows and orphans
15086 \begin_layout Standard
15087 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
15089 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
15090 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
15091 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
15092 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
15093 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
15094 These bits of text became known as
15105 \begin_layout Standard
15106 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
15107 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
15108 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
15109 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
15110 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
15111 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
15112 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
15115 \begin_layout Standard
15116 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
15117 or how you can tweak that behavior.
15118 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
15119 \begin_inset space ~
15123 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15125 key "latexcompanion"
15130 \begin_inset space ~
15134 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15140 ] may have more information.
15141 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
15144 \begin_layout Chapter
15145 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
15146 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15148 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
15155 \begin_layout Standard
15156 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
15161 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
15164 \begin_layout Section
15169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15176 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15185 \begin_layout Standard
15186 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
15189 \begin_layout Description
15191 \begin_inset space ~
15194 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
15195 \begin_inset Newline newline
15199 \begin_inset Note Note
15202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15203 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15211 \begin_layout Description
15212 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15213 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15215 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15216 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15217 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15220 \begin_inset Newline newline
15224 \begin_inset Note Comment
15227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15228 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15236 \begin_layout Description
15238 \begin_inset space ~
15241 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15242 \begin_inset Newline newline
15246 \begin_inset Newline newline
15250 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15259 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15260 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15261 How this can be done is explained in the
15270 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15276 \begin_inset Newline newline
15280 \begin_inset Newline newline
15283 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15284 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15287 \begin_layout Standard
15288 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15289 \begin_inset Graphics
15290 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15292 scaleBeforeRotation
15298 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15302 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15305 \begin_layout Section
15310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15317 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15319 name "sec:Footnotes"
15326 \begin_layout Standard
15327 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15330 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15333 or the toolbar button
15334 \begin_inset Graphics
15335 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15348 \begin_inset Graphics
15349 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15358 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15368 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15376 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15387 label, the box will
15391 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15392 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15405 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15421 \begin_layout Standard
15422 Here's an example footnote:
15430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15431 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15439 \begin_layout Standard
15440 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15441 position where the footnote box is placed.
15442 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15443 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15444 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15445 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15446 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15451 ey are described in the
15458 \begin_layout Section
15463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15470 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15472 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15479 \begin_layout Standard
15480 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15481 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15483 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15485 \begin_inset space ~
15490 or the toolbar button
15491 \begin_inset Graphics
15492 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15512 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15516 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15519 appearing within your text.
15520 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15529 \begin_layout Standard
15530 At the side is an example marginal note.
15534 \begin_inset Marginal
15537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15538 This is a marginal note.
15546 \begin_layout Standard
15547 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15548 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
15549 pages, right on odd pages.
15552 \begin_layout Section
15553 Graphics and Images
15557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15574 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15576 name "sec:Graphics"
15583 \begin_layout Standard
15584 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15585 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15586 \begin_inset Graphics
15587 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15593 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15597 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15600 \begin_layout Standard
15601 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15606 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15607 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15609 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15610 \begin_inset space ~
15614 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15616 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15623 \begin_layout Standard
15628 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15629 of the image in the output.
15630 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15634 \begin_inset space ~
15638 \begin_inset space ~
15647 \begin_inset space ~
15651 \begin_inset space ~
15655 \begin_inset space ~
15660 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15661 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15669 \begin_layout Standard
15672 LaTeX and LyX options
15674 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15675 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15679 \begin_inset space ~
15684 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15685 with the image size is printed.
15689 \begin_inset space ~
15693 \begin_inset space ~
15697 \begin_inset space ~
15702 is explained in the
15713 \begin_layout Standard
15714 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15715 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15717 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15721 \begin_layout Standard
15723 \begin_inset Graphics
15724 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15726 rotateOrigin center
15733 \begin_layout Standard
15734 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15735 the image into a float, see section
15736 \begin_inset space ~
15740 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15742 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15749 \begin_layout Subsection
15754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15761 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15763 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15770 \begin_layout Standard
15771 You can insert images in any known file format.
15772 But as we explained in section
15773 \begin_inset space ~
15777 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15779 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15783 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15784 LyX uses therefore the program
15788 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15789 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15790 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15791 \begin_inset space ~
15795 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15797 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15804 \begin_layout Standard
15805 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15808 \begin_layout Description
15810 \begin_inset space ~
15813 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15814 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15815 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15816 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15819 Graphics Interchange Format
15820 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15823 (GIF, file extension
15824 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15832 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15868 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15871 Portable Network Graphics
15872 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15875 (PNG, file extension
15876 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15884 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15920 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15923 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15924 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15927 (JPG, file extension
15928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15936 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15940 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15948 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15986 \begin_layout Description
15988 \begin_inset space ~
15991 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15993 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15994 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15995 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15996 \begin_inset Newline newline
15999 Scalable image formats can be
16000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16003 Scalable Vector Graphics
16004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16007 (SVG, file extension
16008 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16016 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16052 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16055 Encapsulated PostScript
16056 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16059 (EPS, file extension
16060 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16068 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16104 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16107 Portable Document Format
16108 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16111 (PDF, file extension
16112 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16120 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16134 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
16135 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
16136 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
16141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16142 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
16150 \begin_layout Standard
16151 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
16155 \begin_layout Subsection
16156 Grouping of Image Settings
16160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16161 Images ! Settings grouping
16169 \begin_layout Standard
16170 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
16172 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
16173 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
16175 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
16176 need to manually change each of them.
16180 \begin_layout Standard
16181 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
16184 \begin_inset space ~
16188 \begin_inset space ~
16193 field in the Graphics dialog.
16194 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
16195 by checking the name of the desired group.
16198 \begin_layout Section
16203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16210 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16219 \begin_layout Standard
16220 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
16221 \begin_inset Graphics
16222 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
16229 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16233 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16234 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16235 from the rest of the table.
16236 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16237 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16239 Here's an example table:
16242 \begin_layout Standard
16244 \begin_inset Tabular
16245 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16247 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16248 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16249 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16250 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16450 \begin_layout Subsection
16454 \begin_layout Standard
16455 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16456 brings up the table dialog.
16457 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16458 where the cursor is placed currently.
16459 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16460 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16461 done on all of your selection.
16464 \begin_layout Standard
16465 Additionally to the table dialog the
16468 \begin_inset space ~
16473 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
16475 It is for example currently only possible to add
16476 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16480 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16483 delete lines via the table toolbar.
16486 \begin_layout Standard
16490 \begin_inset space ~
16495 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16496 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16497 current cell respectively.
16498 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16500 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16501 of text, see section
16502 \begin_inset space ~
16506 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16508 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16515 \begin_layout Standard
16516 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16522 This will merge the cells to
16526 cell, spread over more than one column.
16527 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16528 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16529 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16530 in the last row without the upper border:
16533 \begin_layout Standard
16535 \begin_inset Tabular
16536 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16537 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
16538 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16539 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16540 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16541 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16552 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16561 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16637 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16672 \begin_layout Standard
16673 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16674 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16675 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16676 explained in the tables section of the
16679 \begin_inset space ~
16685 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16686 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16689 degrees counterclockwise.
16690 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16693 \begin_layout Standard
16694 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16702 Most DVI-viewers are
16706 able to display rotations.
16714 \begin_layout Standard
16719 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16724 adds lines for all cell borders.
16727 \begin_layout Subsection
16732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16733 Tables ! Longtables
16742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16751 \begin_layout Standard
16752 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16755 \begin_inset space ~
16759 \begin_inset space ~
16768 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16769 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16772 \begin_layout Description
16777 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16778 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16779 except for the first page, if
16782 \begin_inset space ~
16790 \begin_layout Description
16794 \begin_inset space ~
16799 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16800 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16803 \begin_layout Description
16808 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16809 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16810 except for the last page, if
16813 \begin_inset space ~
16821 \begin_layout Description
16825 \begin_inset space ~
16830 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16831 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16834 \begin_layout Description
16835 Caption: The first row is reset as single column.
16836 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16838 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16842 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16845 \begin_inset space ~
16853 \begin_layout Standard
16854 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16855 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16856 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16857 The others will then be defined as
16862 In this context, first means first in this order:
16865 \begin_inset space ~
16877 \begin_inset space ~
16883 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16886 \begin_layout Standard
16888 \begin_inset Tabular
16889 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16890 <features islongtable="true">
16891 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16892 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16893 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16894 <row endfirsthead="true">
16895 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16901 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16906 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16915 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16925 <row endfirsthead="true">
16926 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16937 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16946 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16958 <row endhead="true">
16959 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16970 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16979 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16989 <row endhead="true">
16990 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17001 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17010 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17022 <row endfoot="true">
17023 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17034 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17043 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17074 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18015 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18024 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18033 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18044 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18075 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18106 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18137 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18168 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18199 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18230 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18261 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18292 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18323 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18354 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18385 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18416 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18447 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18478 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18509 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18540 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18571 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18602 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18633 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18664 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18695 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18726 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18757 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18788 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18819 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18850 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18881 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18912 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18943 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18974 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19004 <row endlastfoot="true">
19005 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19016 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19025 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19042 \begin_layout Subsection
19047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19054 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19056 name "sub:Table-Cells"
19063 \begin_layout Standard
19064 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
19065 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
19066 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
19067 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
19071 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
19072 for the cell's paragraph.
19075 \begin_layout Standard
19076 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
19077 for the column in the table dialog.
19078 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
19079 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
19083 \begin_layout Standard
19085 \begin_inset Tabular
19086 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
19088 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19089 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
19090 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19110 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19179 This is a multiline entry in a table.
19184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19235 This is longer now.
19240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19291 This is a multiline entry in a table.
19292 This is longer now.
19297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19323 \begin_layout Standard
19324 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19325 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19330 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
19331 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
19337 Selection with the mouse or with
19341 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19342 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19343 the selection from outside the table.
19346 \begin_layout Section
19351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19358 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19367 \begin_layout Standard
19368 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19369 have a fixed location.
19371 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19375 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19378 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19386 \begin_inset space ~
19391 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19392 too much notes at the page.
19395 \begin_layout Standard
19396 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
19397 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
19398 and pages without text.
19399 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19400 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19401 Floats are therefore numbered.
19402 Referencing is described in section
19403 \begin_inset space ~
19407 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19409 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19416 \begin_layout Standard
19417 To insert a float, use the menu
19419 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19423 A box with a caption that has e.
19424 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19428 \begin_inset space ~
19432 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19436 \begin_inset space ~
19440 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19443 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19444 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19446 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
19450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19456 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19457 paragraph within the float.
19458 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19459 by left-clicking on the box label.
19460 A closed float box looks like this:
19461 \begin_inset Graphics
19462 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19467 -- a gray button with a red label.
19470 \begin_layout Standard
19471 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19472 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19475 \begin_layout Subsection
19479 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19485 Floats ! Figure floats
19491 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19493 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19500 \begin_layout Standard
19503 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19504 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19507 inserts a float with the label
19508 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19514 \begin_inset space ~
19520 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19524 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19525 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19526 This is what we did for Figure
19527 \begin_inset space ~
19531 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19533 reference "cap:Platypus"
19538 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19539 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19540 This was done in Figure
19541 \begin_inset space ~
19545 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19547 reference "cap:Escher"
19554 \begin_layout Standard
19555 \begin_inset Float figure
19560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19562 \begin_inset Graphics
19563 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19565 rotateOrigin center
19572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19573 \begin_inset Caption
19575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19576 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19578 name "cap:Platypus"
19582 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19595 \begin_layout Standard
19596 \begin_inset Float figure
19601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19602 \begin_inset Caption
19604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19605 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19622 \begin_inset Graphics
19623 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19625 rotateOrigin center
19637 \begin_layout Standard
19638 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19640 As described in section
19641 \begin_inset space ~
19645 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19647 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19651 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19653 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19656 and refer to it using the menu
19658 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19662 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19664 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19668 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19671 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19673 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19677 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19683 \begin_layout Standard
19684 Normally only one image is inserted to a figure float, but sometimes you
19685 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19686 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19687 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19689 \begin_inset space ~
19693 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19695 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19699 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19700 You can also set the images one below the other.
19702 \begin_inset space ~
19706 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19708 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19713 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19715 reference "fig:Platypus"
19719 are the subfigures.
19722 \begin_layout Standard
19723 \begin_inset Float figure
19728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19729 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19733 \begin_inset Float figure
19738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19739 \begin_inset Caption
19741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19742 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19744 name "fig:Undefinable"
19756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19757 \begin_inset Graphics
19758 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19769 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19773 \begin_inset Float figure
19778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19779 \begin_inset Caption
19781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19782 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19784 name "fig:Platypus"
19796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19797 \begin_inset Graphics
19798 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19810 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19817 \begin_inset Caption
19819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19820 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19822 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19826 Two distorted images.
19839 \begin_layout Standard
19840 Note that the caption is added to the
19843 \begin_inset space ~
19847 \begin_inset space ~
19852 as described in section
19853 \begin_inset space ~
19857 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19859 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19866 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19872 Floats ! Table floats
19880 \begin_layout Standard
19881 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19883 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19884 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19888 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
19891 \begin_inset space ~
19895 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19897 reference "cap:Table-float"
19901 is an example of a table float.
19904 \begin_layout Standard
19905 \begin_inset Float table
19910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19911 \begin_inset Caption
19913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19914 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19916 name "cap:Table-float"
19928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19930 \begin_inset Tabular
19931 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19933 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19934 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19935 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20062 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
20070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20083 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20085 c & d\end{array}\right]$
20093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20106 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
20127 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20133 Floats ! Algorithm floats
20141 \begin_layout Standard
20142 This float type is inserted with the menu
20144 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20145 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20149 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
20150 A possible environment for algorithms is the
20154 , described in section
20155 \begin_inset space ~
20159 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20161 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
20168 \begin_layout Standard
20169 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20177 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
20183 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
20186 \begin_layout Standard
20191 floatname{algorithm}{your
20192 \begin_inset space ~
20198 \begin_layout Standard
20199 to the document preamble (menu
20201 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20208 \begin_inset space ~
20214 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20222 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20228 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20234 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20242 \begin_layout Standard
20243 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20251 \begin_inset Graphics
20252 filename clipart/mobius.eps
20254 rotateOrigin center
20261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20262 \begin_inset Caption
20264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20265 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20267 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20271 This is a wrapped figure.
20272 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20285 This float type is used if you want to
20286 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20290 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20293 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20295 It can be inserted using the menu
20297 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20298 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20300 \begin_inset space ~
20305 if the LaTeX-package
20313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20314 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20324 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20327 \begin_inset space ~
20337 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20340 \begin_inset space ~
20344 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20346 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20350 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20351 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20359 Available units are explained in Appendix
20360 \begin_inset space ~
20364 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20366 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20375 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20379 \begin_layout Standard
20380 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20388 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.g.
20389 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
20390 in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
20391 over some other text.
20399 \begin_layout Itemize
20400 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20401 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
20402 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
20403 breaks will appear.
20406 \begin_layout Itemize
20407 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
20408 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
20411 \begin_layout Itemize
20412 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
20413 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20416 \begin_layout Itemize
20417 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20420 \begin_layout Subsection
20422 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20424 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20441 \begin_layout Standard
20442 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20443 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20447 \begin_inset space ~
20455 \begin_layout Standard
20456 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, in case you
20457 have a multi-column document).
20458 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20461 \begin_inset space ~
20467 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20468 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20475 \begin_layout Standard
20476 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
20477 format is also the same: Table
20478 \begin_inset space ~
20482 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20484 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20488 is an example of a rotated table float.
20491 \begin_layout Standard
20492 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20500 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20508 \begin_layout Standard
20509 \begin_inset Float table
20514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20515 \begin_inset Caption
20517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20518 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20520 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20534 \begin_inset Tabular
20535 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20537 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20538 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20539 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20540 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20541 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20601 \begin_layout Subsection
20603 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20605 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20622 \begin_layout Standard
20623 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20624 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20625 \begin_inset Newline newline
20631 \begin_inset space ~
20636 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20637 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
20639 \begin_inset Newline newline
20645 \begin_inset space ~
20650 is used to rotate floats, see section
20651 \begin_inset space ~
20655 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20657 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20664 \begin_layout Standard
20665 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20666 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20669 \begin_inset space ~
20673 \begin_inset space ~
20681 \begin_layout Description
20683 \begin_inset space ~
20687 \begin_inset space ~
20690 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
20693 \begin_layout Description
20695 \begin_inset space ~
20699 \begin_inset space ~
20702 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
20705 \begin_layout Description
20707 \begin_inset space ~
20711 \begin_inset space ~
20714 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
20717 \begin_layout Description
20719 \begin_inset space ~
20723 \begin_inset space ~
20726 floats: try to place the float on an own page
20729 \begin_layout Standard
20730 The order of the above option is
20735 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20739 \begin_inset space ~
20743 \begin_inset space ~
20751 \begin_inset space ~
20755 \begin_inset space ~
20760 , and then the others.
20761 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20763 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20764 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20767 \begin_layout Standard
20768 By default, each options has its own rules:
20771 \begin_layout Standard
20775 \begin_inset space ~
20779 \begin_inset space ~
20784 only floats occupying less than 70
20785 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20788 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20791 \begin_layout Standard
20795 \begin_inset space ~
20799 \begin_inset space ~
20804 : only floats occupying less than 30
20805 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20808 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20811 \begin_layout Standard
20815 \begin_inset space ~
20819 \begin_inset space ~
20824 : only if more than 50
20825 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20828 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20832 \begin_layout Standard
20833 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20837 \begin_inset space ~
20841 \begin_inset space ~
20849 \begin_layout Standard
20850 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20851 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20852 For this case you can use the option
20855 \begin_inset space ~
20861 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20863 Because the float is then no longer able to
20864 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20868 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20871 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
20874 \begin_layout Standard
20875 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20876 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20879 \begin_layout Standard
20880 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20882 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20884 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20891 \begin_layout Section
20896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20903 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20905 name "sec:Minipages"
20912 \begin_layout Standard
20913 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20915 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20916 \begin_inset space ~
20923 \begin_layout Standard
20924 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20926 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20930 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20931 and its alignment within the page.
20934 \begin_layout Standard
20936 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20945 height_special "totalheight"
20948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20951 This is a minipage.
20952 The text is set in an italic style.
20955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20958 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20959 another formatting.
20967 \begin_layout Standard
20968 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20971 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20975 as described in section
20976 \begin_inset space ~
20980 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20982 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20987 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20993 \begin_layout Standard
20994 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21003 height_special "totalheight"
21006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21007 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21008 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21014 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21018 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21027 height_special "totalheight"
21030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21031 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21032 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21040 \begin_layout Standard
21041 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
21047 \begin_layout Standard
21048 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
21049 to other box types.
21050 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
21061 \begin_layout Chapter
21062 Mathematical Formulas
21066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21105 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21107 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
21114 \begin_layout Standard
21115 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
21120 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
21123 \begin_layout Section
21128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21137 \begin_layout Standard
21138 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
21139 \begin_inset Graphics
21140 filename ../images/math-mode.png
21145 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
21147 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
21148 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
21149 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
21151 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21157 \begin_layout Standard
21158 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
21162 \begin_inset space ~
21167 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
21170 \begin_layout Standard
21171 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
21172 line, like this one:
21175 \begin_layout Standard
21176 This is a line with an inline formula
21177 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
21183 \begin_layout Standard
21184 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
21186 \begin_inset Formula \[
21191 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
21194 \begin_layout Standard
21195 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
21198 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21208 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21211 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
21212 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21216 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21219 \begin_inset space ~
21227 \begin_layout Subsection
21228 Navigating in Formulas
21232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21241 \begin_layout Standard
21242 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21243 achieved with the arrow keys.
21244 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21245 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21250 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21251 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21255 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21259 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21261 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
21269 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21274 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21275 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21278 \begin_layout Standard
21283 , printed in this document as
21284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21301 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21305 \begin_inset Note Note
21308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21309 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21310 space character (visible space).
21315 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21316 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21317 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21322 For example, if you want
21323 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21377 , since in the latter case only the
21380 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21385 will be under the square root sign:
21386 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21392 \begin_layout Standard
21393 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21395 \begin_inset Formula \[
21396 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21399 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
21403 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21404 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21407 \begin_layout Subsection
21411 \begin_layout Standard
21412 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21413 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21417 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21418 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21419 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21420 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21421 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21424 \begin_layout Subsection
21425 Exponents and Subscripts
21429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21448 \begin_layout Standard
21449 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21450 way is to use a command.
21452 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21455 , type in a formula
21461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21477 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21483 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21487 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21508 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21510 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21514 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21517 , you have to use an extra
21521 to separate the hat and the character.
21524 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21545 Subscripts are similar: To get
21546 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21569 \begin_layout Subsection
21574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21583 \begin_layout Standard
21584 Create a fraction with either the command
21591 \begin_inset Graphics
21592 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21600 \begin_inset space ~
21606 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21607 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21608 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21613 To move back up, press
21618 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21619 \begin_inset Formula \[
21620 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21622 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21629 \begin_layout Subsection
21634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21643 \begin_layout Standard
21644 Roots can be created using the
21647 \begin_inset space ~
21653 \begin_inset Graphics
21654 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21677 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21683 produces always a square root.
21686 \begin_layout Subsection
21687 Operators with Limits
21691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21708 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21710 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21717 \begin_layout Standard
21719 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21723 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21726 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21727 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21728 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21729 The sum operator will automatically place its
21730 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21734 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21737 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21740 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21744 \begin_inset Formula \[
21745 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21749 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21753 \begin_layout Standard
21754 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21756 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21757 behind the operator and hitting
21763 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21764 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21766 \begin_inset space ~
21770 \begin_inset space ~
21778 \begin_layout Standard
21779 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21780 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21784 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21787 feature as addition, such as
21791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21798 \begin_inset Formula \[
21799 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21803 which will place the
21804 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21808 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21812 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21816 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21817 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21823 \begin_layout Standard
21824 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21831 Have a look at section
21832 \begin_inset space ~
21836 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21838 reference "sub:Functions"
21842 for an explanation of function macros.
21845 \begin_layout Subsection
21850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21859 \begin_layout Standard
21860 Most math symbols can be found in the
21863 \begin_inset space ~
21868 under one of several categories; including
21885 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21889 \begin_layout Standard
21890 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21891 you don't have to use the
21894 \begin_inset space ~
21899 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21900 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21903 \begin_layout Subsection
21908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21917 \begin_layout Standard
21918 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
21927 \begin_inset space ~
21933 \begin_inset Graphics
21934 filename ../images/math/space.png
21939 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21940 Here a example for the sequence
21945 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21949 \begin_inset Graphics
21950 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21955 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21956 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21957 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21958 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
21963 \begin_layout Standard
21973 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21979 \begin_layout Standard
21989 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21995 \begin_layout Subsection
22000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22007 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22009 name "sub:Functions"
22016 \begin_layout Standard
22020 \begin_inset space ~
22025 contains under the button
22026 \begin_inset Graphics
22027 filename ../images/math/functions.png
22031 a number of functions, such as
22032 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
22036 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
22044 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
22051 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
22052 avoid confusions, because
22053 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
22057 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
22063 \begin_layout Standard
22064 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
22066 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
22070 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
22076 \begin_layout Standard
22077 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
22078 that subscripts are placed, like described in section
22079 \begin_inset space ~
22083 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22085 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22092 \begin_layout Subsection
22097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22106 \begin_layout Standard
22107 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
22109 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
22110 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
22112 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22115 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
22116 Our example is entered by typing
22124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22137 \begin_inset space ~
22141 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22143 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
22147 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
22150 \begin_layout Standard
22151 \begin_inset Float table
22156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22157 \begin_inset Caption
22159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22160 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22162 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
22166 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
22174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22176 \begin_inset Tabular
22177 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
22179 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22180 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22181 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22265 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22319 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22373 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22427 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22481 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22535 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22589 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22643 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22697 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22742 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22763 \begin_layout Standard
22764 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22767 \begin_inset space ~
22773 \begin_inset Graphics
22774 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22778 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22782 \begin_layout Section
22783 Brackets and Delimiters
22787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22804 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22806 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22813 \begin_layout Standard
22814 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22815 For most purposes, using just the keys
22820 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22821 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
22824 \begin_inset space ~
22830 \begin_inset Graphics
22831 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22836 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22838 \begin_inset Formula \[
22839 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22841 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
22845 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22846 \begin_inset Formula \[
22847 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22854 \begin_layout Standard
22855 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22856 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22859 \begin_layout Standard
22860 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22861 left side and right side.
22862 If you use the option
22865 \begin_inset space ~
22870 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22871 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22872 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22873 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22876 \begin_layout Standard
22877 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22878 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22879 inside the brackets.
22880 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22885 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22888 \begin_layout Standard
22889 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
22890 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22894 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22900 \begin_layout Section
22905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22914 \begin_layout Standard
22915 You may need to group a set of symbols.
22916 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
22927 \begin_layout Standard
22928 \begin_inset Formula \[
22929 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
22936 \begin_layout Standard
22937 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
22938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22948 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22952 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
22953 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
22954 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
22957 \begin_layout Section
22958 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22983 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22991 \begin_layout Standard
22992 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22995 \begin_inset space ~
23001 \begin_inset Graphics
23002 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
23007 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
23008 Here is an example:
23009 \begin_inset Formula \[
23010 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
23013 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
23017 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
23018 \begin_inset space ~
23022 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23024 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23029 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
23030 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
23031 This alignment is set in the box
23036 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23044 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23048 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23056 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23060 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23068 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23073 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23084 for every column as default.
23085 For example, the sequence
23086 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23094 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23097 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
23098 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
23099 corresponds to the relevant column.
23100 The result will look like this:
23101 \begin_inset Formula \[
23103 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
23104 column & has & has\, right\\
23105 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
23112 \begin_layout Standard
23113 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
23117 while the cursor is in the matrix.
23118 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
23120 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23126 \begin_layout Standard
23127 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
23128 It can be created with the menu
23130 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23131 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23133 \begin_inset space ~
23146 \begin_inset Formula \[
23150 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
23157 \begin_layout Standard
23158 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23161 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
23169 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
23178 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
23179 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23186 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
23187 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
23188 A new row is created by every further hit of
23196 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
23197 Here is an example:
23198 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23199 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
23200 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
23204 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
23205 where you want to start the shift and hit
23210 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
23211 position to the next column.
23212 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
23213 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
23214 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
23215 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
23222 \begin_layout Standard
23223 The multi-line formula type described here is called
23230 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
23231 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
23232 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23234 reference "eq:asquared"
23239 The other types are described in section
23240 \begin_inset space ~
23244 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23246 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23253 \begin_layout Section
23254 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23259 Math ! Formula numbering
23268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23269 Math ! Referencing formulas
23275 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23277 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23284 \begin_layout Standard
23285 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23287 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23288 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23290 \begin_inset space ~
23298 \begin_inset space ~
23304 The formula number appears in LyX as
23305 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23309 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23312 within parentheses.
23314 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23318 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23321 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23323 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23324 the document class.
23325 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23326 separated by a dot:
23327 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23328 1+1=2\end{equation}
23335 \begin_inset space ~
23340 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23341 You can only number displayed formulas.
23344 \begin_layout Standard
23345 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23347 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23348 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23350 \begin_inset space ~
23354 \begin_inset space ~
23358 \begin_inset space ~
23366 \begin_inset space ~
23371 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
23372 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23374 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23375 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
23379 To number all lines use the shortcut
23382 \begin_inset space ~
23390 \begin_layout Standard
23391 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23394 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23395 A label is inserted with the menu
23397 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23400 when the cursor is in the formula.
23401 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23402 It is recommended to use the proposed
23403 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23411 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23414 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23415 type when you have many labels in your document.
23416 We inserted in the following example the label
23417 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23421 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23424 in the second line:
23425 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23426 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23427 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
23431 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23432 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23442 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23444 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23446 \begin_inset space ~
23452 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23453 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
23454 as the formula number:
23457 \begin_layout Standard
23458 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23459 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23461 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23468 \begin_layout Standard
23469 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23470 \begin_inset space ~
23474 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23476 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23481 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23484 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23487 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23492 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23500 \begin_layout Section
23501 User defined math macros
23505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23512 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23514 name "sec:math-macros"
23521 \begin_layout Standard
23522 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
23523 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
23524 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
23526 \begin_inset Newline newline
23529 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
23530 \begin_inset Formula \[
23531 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
23535 The general form of its solution is:
23536 \begin_inset Formula \[
23537 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p^{2}}{4}-q}\]
23544 \begin_layout Standard
23545 The macro should print the parameters
23546 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
23550 \begin_inset Formula $p$
23554 \begin_inset Formula $q$
23557 like in the equation above.
23560 \begin_layout Standard
23561 A macro is created by executing the command
23564 \begin_layout Standard
23571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23594 \begin_inset space ~
23598 \begin_inset space ~
23604 \begin_layout Standard
23605 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
23606 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
23607 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
23608 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
23612 \begin_layout Standard
23613 We have three arguments and name the macro
23614 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23618 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23621 , so that the command is:
23624 \begin_layout Standard
23631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23656 \begin_layout Standard
23657 This results in the following macro definition box:
23658 \begin_inset Graphics
23659 filename clipart/macrobox.png
23664 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
23665 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23666 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
23670 \begin_inset Note Note
23673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23674 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
23675 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
23683 \begin_layout Standard
23684 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
23685 the math panel or commands.
23686 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
23687 followed by the argument number, e.g.
23689 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23695 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23698 for the first argument.
23699 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
23700 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
23701 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
23702 in LyX with its full size.
23703 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
23704 In our example we insert the sequence
23705 \begin_inset Newline newline
23733 \begin_inset Newline newline
23738 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
23741 \begin_layout Standard
23742 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
23743 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23753 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23757 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
23760 \begin_layout Standard
23762 \begin_inset Graphics
23763 filename clipart/macrouse.png
23770 \begin_layout Standard
23771 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
23772 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
23773 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
23774 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
23775 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
23778 \begin_layout Standard
23779 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
23780 to the new definition.
23781 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
23782 \begin_inset Formula $x$
23786 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
23790 \begin_inset Formula $B$
23794 \begin_inset Formula \[
23802 \begin_layout Standard
23803 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
23807 \begin_layout Standard
23821 \begin_inset Newline newline
23828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23854 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23857 \begin_layout Standard
23858 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
23859 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
23860 definition box in your document.
23861 There are also some other restrictions: The command
23863 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
23865 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
23870 \begin_layout Section
23874 \begin_layout Subsection
23879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23888 \begin_layout Standard
23889 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23890 To set a font in a formula, use the
23893 \begin_inset space ~
23899 \begin_inset Graphics
23900 filename ../images/math/font.png
23904 , or enter its command, listed in table
23905 \begin_inset space ~
23909 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23911 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23918 \begin_layout Standard
23919 \begin_inset Float table
23924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23925 \begin_inset Caption
23927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23928 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23930 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23934 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23944 \begin_inset Tabular
23945 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23947 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23948 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23980 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24007 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
24015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24034 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
24042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24067 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
24075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24094 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
24102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24121 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
24129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24155 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
24163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24182 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24216 \begin_layout Standard
24217 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24225 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24241 \begin_layout Standard
24242 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24243 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24248 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
24249 protected space when you need a space in the box.
24250 Here an example where a
24251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24262 denotes the set of numbers:
24263 \begin_inset Formula \[
24264 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
24271 \begin_layout Standard
24272 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24283 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24287 \begin_inset Newline newline
24290 So better don't use this feature.
24293 \begin_layout Standard
24294 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24295 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24299 \begin_inset Newline newline
24302 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24308 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24309 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24315 \begin_layout Standard
24322 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24325 \begin_layout Standard
24326 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24328 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24329 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24331 \begin_inset space ~
24339 \begin_layout Subsection
24344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24353 \begin_layout Standard
24354 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24356 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24360 \begin_inset space ~
24364 \begin_inset space ~
24372 \begin_inset space ~
24378 \begin_inset Graphics
24379 filename ../images/math/font.png
24383 (alternatively the shortcut
24386 \begin_inset space ~
24392 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
24393 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
24394 Here is an example:
24395 \begin_inset Formula \[
24397 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
24398 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
24405 \begin_layout Subsection
24410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24419 \begin_layout Standard
24420 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
24421 automatically chosen in most situations.
24439 For most characters,
24447 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
24448 and certain other structures, are set larger in
24453 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
24454 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
24455 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
24456 \begin_inset Graphics
24457 filename ../images/math/style.png
24462 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24463 For example, you can set
24464 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24467 , which is normally in
24476 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
24480 The four styles are used in the following example:
24483 \begin_layout Standard
24484 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24488 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24492 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24496 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24502 \begin_layout Standard
24503 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24504 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24506 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24508 \begin_inset space ~
24513 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24514 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24515 will be adjusted to correspond.
24516 As example a formula in the font size
24517 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24521 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24527 \begin_layout Standard
24531 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24537 \begin_layout Section
24541 \begin_layout Standard
24542 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24543 the document classes and into layout modules.
24547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24553 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24554 other than the AMS classes.
24556 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24558 reference "sub:Modules"
24562 for more on layout modules.
24565 \begin_layout Section
24570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24589 \begin_layout Standard
24590 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24591 (AMS) that are in common use.
24594 \begin_layout Subsection
24595 Enabling AMS-Support
24598 \begin_layout Standard
24599 Selecting the checkbox
24602 \begin_inset space ~
24606 \begin_inset space ~
24610 \begin_inset space ~
24617 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24625 Document ! Settings
24633 \begin_inset space ~
24638 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24640 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24641 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24644 \begin_layout Subsection
24646 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24648 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24657 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24665 \begin_layout Standard
24666 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24667 LyX allows you to choose between
24688 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24691 \begin_layout Chapter
24695 \begin_layout Section
24700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24707 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24709 name "sec:Cross-References"
24716 \begin_layout Standard
24717 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24718 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24720 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24721 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24722 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
24725 \begin_layout Enumerate
24729 \begin_layout Enumerate
24730 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24732 name "enu:Second-item"
24739 \begin_layout Enumerate
24743 \begin_layout Standard
24744 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24746 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24749 or the by pressing the toolbar button
24750 \begin_inset Graphics
24751 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24757 A grey label box like this:
24758 \begin_inset Graphics
24759 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24764 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24765 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24767 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24775 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24780 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24788 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24792 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24796 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24800 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
24801 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
24802 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24810 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24816 \begin_layout Standard
24817 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24819 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24822 or the toolbar button
24823 \begin_inset Graphics
24824 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24830 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24831 \begin_inset Graphics
24832 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24837 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
24839 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24840 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24848 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24852 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24854 Here is our cross-reference:
24857 \begin_layout Standard
24859 \begin_inset space ~
24863 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24865 reference "enu:Second-item"
24872 \begin_layout Standard
24873 It is recommended to use a protected space
24877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24878 described in section
24879 \begin_inset space ~
24883 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24885 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24894 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24898 \begin_layout Standard
24899 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24902 \begin_layout Description
24903 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24904 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24906 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24913 \begin_layout Description
24914 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24915 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24917 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24921 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24925 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24927 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24934 \begin_layout Description
24935 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24936 \begin_inset space ~
24940 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24941 LatexCommand pageref
24942 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24949 \begin_layout Description
24951 \begin_inset space ~
24955 \begin_inset space ~
24958 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24959 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24960 LatexCommand vpageref
24961 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24968 \begin_layout Description
24970 \begin_inset space ~
24974 \begin_inset space ~
24978 \begin_inset space ~
24981 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24983 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24985 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24992 \begin_layout Description
24994 \begin_inset space ~
24997 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24998 \begin_inset Newline newline
25002 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25010 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
25018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25019 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
25032 \begin_layout Standard
25033 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
25034 the previous, the same, or the next page.
25036 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25040 \begin_inset space ~
25044 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25052 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25058 \begin_layout Standard
25059 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
25060 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
25061 The varieties are adjusted in the field
25065 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
25069 \begin_layout Standard
25070 You can only use the style
25074 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
25078 is always possible.
25081 \begin_layout Standard
25082 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
25083 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
25084 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
25085 Referencing formulas is explained in section
25086 \begin_inset space ~
25090 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25092 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
25099 \begin_layout Standard
25103 \begin_inset space ~
25107 \begin_inset space ~
25112 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
25113 The button text changes then to
25116 \begin_inset space ~
25121 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
25122 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
25123 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
25127 \begin_layout Standard
25128 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
25129 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
25130 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
25133 \begin_layout Standard
25134 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
25135 marks in the output instead of the reference.
25138 \begin_layout Standard
25139 References are described in detail in the
25146 \begin_layout Section
25147 Table of Contents and other Listings
25151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25168 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25177 \begin_layout Subsection
25179 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25181 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
25188 \begin_layout Standard
25189 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
25191 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25192 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25194 \begin_inset space ~
25198 \begin_inset space ~
25204 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
25205 If you click on it, the
25209 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
25210 sections in your documents.
25211 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
25213 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25216 that is described in sec.
25217 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25221 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25223 reference "sec:Navigating"
25230 \begin_layout Standard
25231 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
25232 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
25234 \begin_inset space ~
25238 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25240 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
25244 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
25246 \begin_inset space ~
25250 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25252 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
25256 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
25258 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
25261 \begin_layout Subsection
25262 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
25263 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25265 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
25272 \begin_layout Standard
25273 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
25274 You can insert them via the
25276 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25278 \begin_inset space ~
25282 \begin_inset space ~
25288 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
25291 \begin_layout Section
25292 URLs and Hyperlinks
25296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25315 \begin_layout Subsection
25317 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25326 \begin_layout Standard
25327 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
25329 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25335 \begin_layout Standard
25336 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
25337 \begin_inset Flex URL
25340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25350 \begin_layout Standard
25351 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
25357 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
25361 \begin_layout Standard
25362 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25370 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
25378 \begin_layout Subsection
25380 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25382 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
25389 \begin_layout Standard
25390 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
25392 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25395 or with the toolbar button
25396 \begin_inset Graphics
25397 filename ../images/href-insert.png
25398 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25403 The appearing dialog has two fields:
25412 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
25413 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
25414 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25416 name "LyX's homepage"
25417 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25421 , an Email address like this:
25422 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25424 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
25425 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
25430 , or a link to a file.
25433 \begin_layout Standard
25434 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
25436 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25444 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25447 to the link target.
25450 \begin_layout Standard
25451 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
25452 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
25453 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
25454 the text style dialog.
25455 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
25459 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25461 name "LyX's homepage"
25462 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25469 \begin_layout Standard
25470 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25474 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25476 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25477 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25481 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25483 \begin_inset Newline newline
25491 \begin_inset Newline newline
25498 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25501 \begin_layout Section
25506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25513 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25515 name "sec:Appendices"
25522 \begin_layout Standard
25523 Appendices are created with the menu
25525 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25527 \begin_inset space ~
25531 \begin_inset space ~
25537 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25538 as appendix region.
25539 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25542 \begin_layout Standard
25543 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25544 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25545 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25546 and the subsection number.
25547 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25551 \begin_layout Standard
25553 \begin_inset space ~
25557 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25559 reference "cha:Credits"
25564 \begin_inset space ~
25568 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25570 reference "sub:Export"
25577 \begin_layout Section
25582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25589 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25591 name "sec:Bibliography"
25598 \begin_layout Standard
25599 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25600 You can include a bibliography database,
25604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25605 Known under the name
25606 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25610 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25618 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
25619 manually, using the paragraph environment
25623 , which was described in section
25624 \begin_inset space ~
25628 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25630 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25635 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
25636 document, like author-year cituations, then you must
25640 use a bibliography database.
25643 \begin_layout Subsection
25644 The Bibliography Environment
25647 \begin_layout Standard
25652 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25654 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25663 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25665 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25667 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25671 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25674 , a short form of its title, as key.
25677 \begin_layout Standard
25678 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25680 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25683 or the toolbar button
25684 \begin_inset Graphics
25685 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25686 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25691 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25692 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25693 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25694 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25698 \begin_layout Standard
25699 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
25700 with surrounding brackets.
25705 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25706 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25718 \begin_layout Standard
25721 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25724 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25726 key "latexcompanion"
25733 \begin_layout Standard
25734 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25735 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25744 \begin_layout Subsection
25745 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25750 Bibliography ! Databases
25759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25760 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25766 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25768 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25775 \begin_layout Standard
25776 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25782 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
25784 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
25785 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
25790 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25792 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25793 your working field in a database.
25794 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
25795 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
25797 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
25801 \begin_layout Standard
25802 The database is a text file with the file extension
25803 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25811 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25814 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
25815 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
25816 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25818 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25823 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
25824 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
25825 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
25826 \begin_inset Flex URL
25829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25831 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25839 \begin_layout Standard
25840 To use a database, use the menu
25842 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25847 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25860 \begin_inset space ~
25866 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25867 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25870 Add bibliography to TOC
25872 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
25877 drop box you can select what part of the database should be output.
25880 \begin_layout Standard
25881 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25882 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25890 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25893 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
25894 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
25895 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
25897 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
25902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25903 For informations how this is done, have a look at
25904 \begin_inset Newline newline
25908 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25910 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
25922 \begin_layout Standard
25923 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
25926 \begin_layout Standard
25927 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
25928 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25931 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25959 \begin_inset space ~
25965 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25971 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25980 \begin_layout Standard
25981 When you select the option
25983 Sectioned bibliography
25987 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25990 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
25991 This and more specials are explained in detail in section
25993 Customizing Bibliographies
26006 \begin_layout Standard
26007 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
26008 the two methods of creating them.
26009 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
26010 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
26011 We used the style file
26015 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
26018 \begin_layout Subsection
26019 Bibliography layout
26023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26024 Bibliography ! Layout
26032 \begin_layout Standard
26033 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
26034 For this feature you need to enable the option
26040 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26048 Document ! Settings
26058 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
26059 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
26060 in the previous section.
26063 \begin_layout Standard
26064 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
26065 in the citation reference window.
26066 Here an example where we set the text
26067 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26071 \begin_inset space ~
26075 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26078 to appear after the reference:
26081 \begin_layout Standard
26083 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26086 key "latexcompanion"
26093 \begin_layout Section
26098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26105 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26114 \begin_layout Standard
26115 An index entry is created if you use the menu
26117 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26119 \begin_inset space ~
26124 or the toolbar button
26125 \begin_inset Graphics
26126 filename ../images/index-insert.png
26127 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26141 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26144 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
26145 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
26146 by LyX as index entry.
26149 \begin_layout Standard
26150 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
26151 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
26153 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26155 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
26162 \begin_layout Standard
26163 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
26166 \begin_layout Standard
26167 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
26169 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26171 \begin_inset space ~
26175 \begin_inset space ~
26178 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26180 \begin_inset space ~
26186 A light blue box labeled
26187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26198 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
26199 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
26202 \begin_layout Subsection
26203 Grouping Index Entries
26207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26216 \begin_layout Standard
26217 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
26219 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
26220 lists under the entry
26221 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26225 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26229 First we create the entry
26230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26238 \begin_inset space ~
26242 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26244 reference "sub:Lists"
26249 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
26250 \begin_inset space ~
26254 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26256 reference "sec:Itemize"
26260 , we insert the command
26263 \begin_layout Standard
26269 \begin_layout Standard
26273 \begin_layout Standard
26279 \begin_layout Standard
26280 for the enumerated list in section
26281 \begin_inset space ~
26285 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26287 reference "sec:Enumerate"
26294 \begin_layout Standard
26295 The exclamation mark
26296 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26300 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26303 marks the grouping levels.
26304 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
26305 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
26306 If we don't have an index entry for
26307 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26311 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26314 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
26317 \begin_layout Subsection
26322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26323 Index ! Page ranges
26331 \begin_layout Standard
26332 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
26334 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
26335 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
26337 \begin_inset space ~
26341 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26343 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
26350 \begin_layout Standard
26353 Paragraph environments|(
26356 \begin_layout Standard
26357 and another entry at the end of section
26358 \begin_inset space ~
26362 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26364 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
26371 \begin_layout Standard
26374 Paragraph environments|)
26377 \begin_layout Standard
26379 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26387 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26391 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26399 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26402 respectively starts and ends the index range.
26403 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
26404 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
26405 the pages of the indexed document parts.
26406 An example is the index entry
26407 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26410 Document ! Settings
26411 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26417 \begin_layout Subsection
26422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26423 Index ! Cross referencing
26431 \begin_layout Standard
26432 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
26433 We referred for example in the index entry
26434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26442 \begin_inset space ~
26446 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26448 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
26452 ) to the index entry
26453 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26457 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26460 in the same section using the entry
26463 \begin_layout Standard
26466 GIF|see{Image formats}
26469 \begin_layout Standard
26470 Where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26471 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26472 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26475 \begin_layout Subsection
26480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26481 Index ! Entry order
26489 \begin_layout Standard
26490 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26491 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26492 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26497 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26499 \begin_inset space ~
26503 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26505 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26514 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26515 We created as example the three dummy index entries
26516 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26520 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26524 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26528 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26532 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26536 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26544 Dummy entries ! maïs
26553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26554 Dummy entries ! maître
26563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26564 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26569 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26570 order maïs, maison, maître.
26571 To achieve this, we use the command
26574 \begin_layout Standard
26577 previous entry@current entry
26580 \begin_layout Standard
26581 In our case we want to have
26582 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26586 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26590 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26594 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26597 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26600 \begin_layout Standard
26606 \begin_layout Standard
26607 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26608 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26612 \begin_layout Subsection
26617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26618 Index ! Entry layout
26626 \begin_layout Standard
26627 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26634 This is an italic dummy entry
26639 You can also format the page number using the character
26640 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26644 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26647 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26648 We can write for example
26651 \begin_layout Standard
26654 italic page number:|textit
26657 \begin_layout Standard
26658 to get the page number in italic.
26662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26663 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26668 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26670 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26678 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26686 \begin_inset space ~
26692 Have a look at section
26693 \begin_inset space ~
26697 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26699 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26703 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26706 \begin_layout Standard
26707 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26715 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26719 to generate the index, see section
26720 \begin_inset space ~
26724 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26726 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26735 , however, this won't work for anything else than bold or italic text.
26736 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26738 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26741 key "latexcompanion"
26753 \begin_layout Standard
26754 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26756 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26757 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26758 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26759 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26760 If so, put the following in preamble
26763 \begin_layout Standard
26775 \begin_layout Standard
26779 \begin_layout Standard
26785 \begin_layout Standard
26786 into the index entry.
26790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26791 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26796 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26797 request that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26798 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26801 \begin_layout Standard
26802 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26804 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26808 \begin_inset space ~
26811 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26812 for all index entries.
26813 For more advanced task you have to set up a so-called
26825 documentation for details,
26826 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26828 key "makeindex,xindy"
26835 \begin_layout Subsection
26840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26847 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26849 name "sub:Index-Program"
26856 \begin_layout Standard
26857 When the index entry program
26861 is installed, that is only available for Linux, LyX uses it for the index
26862 generation, otherwise the program
26866 is used, that is part of every LaTeX distribution.
26867 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26868 dialog, see section
26869 \begin_inset space ~
26873 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26875 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26880 The available options are listed and explained in
26881 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26883 key "makeindex,xindy"
26888 You can also specify there another program to generate the index.
26891 \begin_layout Standard
26896 is very old, not further developed and has many pitfalls.
26897 Most notably, it has been defined with nothing more than the English language
26899 So it fails at sorting correctly for anything else than an monolingual
26901 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26902 However, if you are writing in another language and using Linux, consider
26910 \begin_layout Section
26911 Nomenclature / Glossary
26915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26954 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26956 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26963 \begin_layout Standard
26964 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26965 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
26969 \begin_layout Standard
26970 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26979 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26985 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26986 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26992 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26995 \begin_layout Standard
26996 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26997 and then use the menu
26999 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27005 \begin_inset space ~
27010 or the toolbar button
27011 \begin_inset Graphics
27012 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
27013 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
27019 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27027 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27030 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
27033 \begin_layout Standard
27034 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
27035 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
27036 The second is the description of the symbol.
27039 \begin_layout Standard
27040 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27048 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
27056 \begin_layout Subsection
27057 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
27061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27062 Nomenclature ! Layout
27070 \begin_layout Standard
27071 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
27075 field as LaTeX-formula.
27077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27081 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27085 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27089 \begin_inset Newline newline
27097 \begin_inset Newline newline
27103 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27107 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27110 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
27111 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
27113 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27119 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27123 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
27133 \begin_layout Standard
27134 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
27135 \begin_inset space ~
27139 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27141 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27148 \begin_layout Standard
27152 \begin_inset space ~
27157 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
27158 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
27159 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27163 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27167 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27170 in this document is:
27171 \begin_inset Newline newline
27176 dummy entry for the character
27181 \begin_inset Newline newline
27193 \begin_inset space ~
27203 font use the command
27232 \begin_layout Subsection
27233 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
27237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27238 Nomenclature ! Sort order
27246 \begin_layout Standard
27247 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
27248 the symbol definition.
27249 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
27250 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
27253 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27254 LatexCommand nomenclature
27256 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
27263 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27267 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27268 LatexCommand nomenclature
27271 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
27276 They will be sorted by
27277 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27285 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27289 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27299 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27303 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27306 will be sorted before the
27310 since the character
27311 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27315 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27318 is considered in sorting.
27321 \begin_layout Standard
27322 To control the sort order, you can edit the
27325 \begin_inset space ~
27330 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27331 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
27333 For the given example, you can insert
27337 to this field for the
27338 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27345 will be located before
27346 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27352 \begin_layout Standard
27353 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
27358 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27367 \begin_layout Subsection
27368 Nomenclature Options
27372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27373 Nomenclature ! Options
27381 \begin_layout Standard
27386 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
27387 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
27390 \begin_layout Description
27391 refeq Appends the phrase
27392 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27404 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27407 to every nomenclature entry, where
27413 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
27416 \begin_layout Description
27417 refpage Appends the phrase
27418 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27430 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27433 to every nomenclature entry, where
27439 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
27442 \begin_layout Description
27443 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
27446 \begin_layout Standard
27447 There are furthermore the options
27491 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
27495 \begin_layout Standard
27496 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
27497 class options list in the
27499 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27503 In this document the options
27514 \begin_layout Standard
27515 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27521 \begin_layout Standard
27522 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
27523 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
27528 field in the nomenclature dialog:
27531 \begin_layout Description
27541 \begin_layout Description
27544 nomrefpage Like the
27551 \begin_layout Description
27554 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27563 \begin_layout Description
27567 \begin_inset space ~
27573 \begin_inset space ~
27578 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27581 \begin_layout Subsection
27582 Printing the Nomenclature
27586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27587 Nomenclature ! Printing
27595 \begin_layout Standard
27596 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27598 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27600 \begin_inset space ~
27604 \begin_inset space ~
27607 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27611 A light blue box labeled
27612 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27620 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27623 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27624 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27627 \begin_layout Standard
27628 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27629 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27633 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27637 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27645 For example, in order to change the name to
27649 , add the following line to the preamble:
27652 \begin_layout Standard
27660 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27663 \begin_layout Standard
27664 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27670 \begin_layout Standard
27671 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27672 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27675 \begin_layout Standard
27683 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27686 \begin_layout Standard
27689 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27690 \begin_inset space ~
27694 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27696 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27701 The default value is 1
27702 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27708 \begin_layout Section
27713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27724 Document ! Branches
27730 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27732 name "sec:Branches"
27739 \begin_layout Standard
27740 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27741 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27742 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27743 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27746 \begin_layout Standard
27747 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
27748 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27749 To create a branch, go in the
27751 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27759 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27760 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27763 \begin_layout Standard
27764 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27765 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27767 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27770 where you can choose a branch.
27771 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27774 \begin_layout Standard
27775 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27776 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27779 \begin_layout Standard
27780 \begin_inset Branch Question
27783 \begin_layout Standard
27784 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27792 \begin_layout Standard
27793 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27796 \begin_layout Standard
27797 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27805 \begin_layout Standard
27806 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27812 \begin_layout Standard
27813 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27814 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27816 For example you can define for the question branch
27820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27821 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27822 \begin_inset space ~
27826 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27828 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27840 \begin_layout Standard
27850 \begin_layout Standard
27860 \begin_layout Standard
27861 and for the answer branch
27864 \begin_layout Standard
27874 \begin_layout Standard
27884 \begin_layout Standard
27885 \begin_inset Branch Question
27888 \begin_layout Standard
27892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27920 \begin_layout Standard
27921 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27924 \begin_layout Standard
27928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27956 \begin_layout Standard
27957 Now it is possible to use the commands
27961 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27968 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27971 to obtain conditional output.
27972 Here is an example formula where only the
27979 \begin_inset Formula \[
27980 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27987 \begin_layout Standard
27988 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see section
27989 \begin_inset space ~
27993 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27995 reference "sec:math-macros"
28002 \begin_layout Section
28004 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28006 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
28014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28023 \begin_layout Standard
28028 dialog provides under
28032 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
28033 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
28041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28042 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
28050 \begin_layout Standard
28055 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
28056 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
28057 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
28059 You can specify in the dialog tab
28063 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
28065 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
28066 entries, showing where in the document the entry is referenced.
28069 \begin_layout Standard
28074 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
28075 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
28076 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
28078 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
28079 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
28081 \begin_inset space ~
28084 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
28085 \begin_inset space ~
28088 1 will only display the sections.
28091 \begin_layout Standard
28092 The header informations in the dialog tab
28096 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
28097 Many programs are able to extract these informations to e.
28098 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28102 \begin_inset space ~
28105 automatically recognize who is the author and what is the PDF about.
28106 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
28109 Automatic fill header
28111 is set, LyX tries to extract the header informations from your document
28112 title and author settings.
28115 \begin_layout Standard
28118 Load in fullscreen mode
28120 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
28123 \begin_layout Standard
28124 PDF properties are also used in this document.
28125 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
28131 For an explanation of them we refer to the hyperref manual
28132 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28141 \begin_layout Section
28142 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
28143 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28145 name "sec:TeX-Code"
28152 \begin_layout Subsection
28157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28164 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28166 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
28173 \begin_layout Standard
28174 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
28175 constructs, but not all.
28176 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
28177 Every time packages are updated and new ones added.
28178 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
28179 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
28180 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
28184 \begin_layout Standard
28185 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
28187 An TeX Code box is created by the menu
28189 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28191 \begin_inset space ~
28196 or by the toolbar button
28197 \begin_inset Graphics
28198 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
28203 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
28207 \begin_layout Standard
28208 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
28209 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
28210 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
28217 , you can write the command part
28223 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
28227 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
28228 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
28229 the following example:
28232 \begin_layout Standard
28233 \begin_inset Graphics
28234 filename clipart/ERT.png
28242 \begin_layout Standard
28246 \begin_layout Standard
28247 This is a line with a
28251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28274 \begin_layout Standard
28275 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28283 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
28284 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
28292 \begin_layout Subsection
28293 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
28294 \begin_inset OptArg
28297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28314 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28316 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28323 \begin_layout Standard
28324 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
28325 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
28326 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
28327 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28331 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28335 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
28336 every time if you know the right commands.
28338 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
28339 the end of the day.
28340 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
28341 all caption labels bold.
28342 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
28344 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
28347 \begin_layout Standard
28348 Now LaTeX comes into play.
28349 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
28350 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
28352 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28361 \begin_layout Standard
28362 As result you know that the package
28370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28371 LaTeX-packages ! caption
28377 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
28379 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28385 \begin_layout Standard
28390 usepackage[options]{package name}
28393 \begin_layout Standard
28394 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
28395 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
28396 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
28399 \begin_layout Standard
28400 In your case the package name is
28405 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
28410 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
28411 So you add the command
28414 \begin_layout Standard
28419 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
28422 \begin_layout Standard
28423 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
28427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28428 For more commands provided by the
28432 package, have a look at its documentation,
28433 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28447 \begin_layout Standard
28448 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
28450 For example if you use a
28454 class, you don't need the package
28458 , you can instead write
28461 \begin_layout Standard
28466 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
28471 \begin_layout Standard
28472 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
28473 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
28474 documentation of the document class you want to use.
28481 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
28484 \begin_layout Standard
28485 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
28486 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
28488 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
28489 the previous section.
28492 \begin_layout Standard
28493 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
28495 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28497 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
28505 \begin_layout Section
28506 Previewing Snippets of your Document
28507 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28509 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
28517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28536 \begin_layout Standard
28537 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28538 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28539 to break your train of thought with
28541 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28547 \begin_layout Standard
28548 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28549 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28558 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28563 as explained below, and turn on
28566 \begin_inset space ~
28573 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28579 \begin_inset space ~
28583 \begin_inset space ~
28586 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28592 \begin_layout Standard
28593 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28595 Previews of an already loaded document are
28599 generated just by selecting the
28602 \begin_inset space ~
28607 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28610 \begin_layout Standard
28611 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28612 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28615 \begin_inset space ~
28620 check box in the insert dialog.
28621 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28625 \begin_layout Standard
28626 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28630 (on some systems named simply
28635 In case it is not already installed, you find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28637 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28643 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28644 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28652 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28656 \begin_layout Standard
28657 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28663 \begin_layout Standard
28664 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28668 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28670 \begin_inset space ~
28675 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28676 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28678 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28679 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28680 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28681 the source view window.
28684 \begin_layout Section
28686 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28688 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28705 \begin_layout Standard
28706 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28707 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28724 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28730 can be seen as successor of
28734 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
28739 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28740 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28748 \begin_layout Standard
28749 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28750 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28757 \begin_layout Standard
28760 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28763 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28764 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28765 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28766 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28767 scrolled so that it is visible.
28772 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28774 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28778 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28779 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28782 \begin_layout Standard
28783 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
28786 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28790 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28791 will bring an error message.
28792 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28793 specifying a different
28795 Alternative language
28797 in preferences dialog.
28800 \begin_layout Standard
28801 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
28804 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28808 \begin_layout Standard
28809 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28810 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28812 But you can use the
28815 \begin_inset space ~
28819 \begin_inset space ~
28827 \begin_layout Standard
28828 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28829 This does work with
28833 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28836 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28840 \begin_layout Standard
28845 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28848 \begin_layout Description
28850 \begin_inset space ~
28853 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28854 should consider, e.g.
28855 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
28856 This should not normally be needed.
28859 \begin_layout Description
28861 \begin_inset space ~
28864 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default choice
28865 as your personal dictionary
28868 \begin_layout Description
28870 \begin_inset space ~
28874 \begin_inset space ~
28877 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28879 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28883 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28889 \begin_layout Description
28891 \begin_inset space ~
28895 \begin_inset space ~
28898 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28900 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28907 also for the spellchecker.
28911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28912 The encodings are explained in section
28913 \begin_inset space ~
28917 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28919 reference "sub:Settings"
28928 Only enable this if you use
28932 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28933 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28934 so this is disabled by default.
28937 \begin_layout Section
28942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28949 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28951 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28958 \begin_layout Standard
28959 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
28962 \begin_layout Standard
28963 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
28966 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28969 or the toolbar button
28970 \begin_inset Graphics
28971 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28972 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28973 rotateOrigin center
28978 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28982 \begin_layout Standard
28983 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
28984 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
28985 cases to find related words.
28988 \begin_layout Standard
28989 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
28991 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
28992 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28996 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28999 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
29000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29008 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
29009 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29013 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29017 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29021 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29027 \begin_layout Section
29032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29043 Document ! Change Tracking
29049 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29051 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
29058 \begin_layout Standard
29059 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
29060 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
29061 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
29062 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
29064 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29066 \begin_inset space ~
29069 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29071 \begin_inset space ~
29079 \begin_layout Standard
29080 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
29089 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
29092 \begin_inset space ~
29096 \begin_inset space ~
29109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29118 \begin_layout Standard
29119 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
29123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29132 \begin_layout Standard
29133 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29139 \begin_layout Standard
29140 \begin_inset Graphics
29141 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
29148 \begin_layout Standard
29149 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29155 \begin_layout Standard
29156 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
29160 \begin_layout Standard
29161 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29167 \begin_layout Standard
29168 \begin_inset Tabular
29169 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
29170 <features islongtable="true">
29171 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29172 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29173 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29178 \begin_inset Graphics
29179 filename ../images/changes-track.png
29180 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29181 rotateOrigin center
29190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29196 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29198 \begin_inset space ~
29201 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29203 \begin_inset space ~
29212 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29217 \begin_inset Graphics
29218 filename ../images/changes-output.png
29219 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29220 rotateOrigin center
29229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29235 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29237 \begin_inset space ~
29240 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29242 \begin_inset space ~
29246 \begin_inset space ~
29250 \begin_inset space ~
29259 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29264 \begin_inset Graphics
29265 filename ../images/change-next.png
29266 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29267 rotateOrigin center
29276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29280 Jumps to the next change
29286 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29291 \begin_inset Graphics
29292 filename ../images/change-accept.png
29293 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29294 rotateOrigin center
29303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29309 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29311 \begin_inset space ~
29314 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29316 \begin_inset space ~
29325 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29330 \begin_inset Graphics
29331 filename ../images/change-reject.png
29332 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29333 rotateOrigin center
29342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29348 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29350 \begin_inset space ~
29353 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29355 \begin_inset space ~
29364 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29369 \begin_inset Graphics
29370 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29371 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29372 rotateOrigin center
29381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29387 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29389 \begin_inset space ~
29392 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29394 \begin_inset space ~
29403 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29408 \begin_inset Graphics
29409 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
29410 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29411 rotateOrigin center
29420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29426 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29428 \begin_inset space ~
29431 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29433 \begin_inset space ~
29437 \begin_inset space ~
29446 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29451 \begin_inset Graphics
29452 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
29453 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29454 rotateOrigin center
29463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29469 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29471 \begin_inset space ~
29474 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29476 \begin_inset space ~
29480 \begin_inset space ~
29489 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29494 \begin_inset Graphics
29495 filename ../images/note-insert.png
29496 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29497 rotateOrigin center
29506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29512 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29513 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29515 \begin_inset space ~
29524 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29529 \begin_inset Graphics
29530 filename ../images/note-next.png
29531 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29532 rotateOrigin center
29541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29547 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29549 \begin_inset space ~
29565 \begin_layout Standard
29566 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29572 \begin_layout Standard
29573 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
29574 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29575 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
29576 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29577 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29578 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29579 step to the next change.
29580 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
29583 \begin_layout Standard
29584 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29585 to describe a change.
29588 \begin_layout Standard
29589 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29598 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29604 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29605 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29611 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29614 \begin_layout Section
29615 International Support
29619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29620 International support
29628 \begin_layout Standard
29629 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29630 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29631 how to set up LyX to use them:
29632 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29634 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29641 \begin_layout Standard
29642 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29643 \begin_inset space ~
29647 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29649 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29656 \begin_layout Subsection
29661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29672 Document ! Settings
29681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29682 Document ! Language
29690 \begin_layout Standard
29693 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29696 dialog lets you set
29698 the language and character encoding for your language.
29702 \begin_layout Standard
29703 Choose your language in the
29707 section of this dialog.
29715 \begin_layout Standard
29720 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
29724 use language's default encoding
29726 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29727 For details about the different encoding options see section
29728 \begin_inset space ~
29732 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29734 reference "sub:Settings"
29741 \begin_layout Subsection
29742 Keyboard mapping configuration
29743 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29745 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29752 \begin_layout Standard
29753 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
29754 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29755 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29756 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29757 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29759 \begin_inset space ~
29763 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29765 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29770 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29771 which one you want to use.
29774 \begin_layout Standard
29775 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29776 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29777 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29778 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29779 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29780 one to support the characters you want.
29781 This and much more customizations are explained in the
29788 \begin_layout Subsection
29792 \begin_layout Standard
29794 \begin_inset space ~
29798 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29800 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29809 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29813 \begin_layout Standard
29814 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29815 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29823 \begin_layout Itemize
29824 Even if you have selected
29830 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29833 dialog, users who have only the
29837 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29841 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29842 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29843 french quotes won't show up.
29846 \begin_layout Standard
29847 \begin_inset Float table
29852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29853 \begin_inset Caption
29855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29856 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29858 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29876 \begin_inset Tabular
29877 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29879 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29880 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29881 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29882 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29883 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29884 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29885 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29886 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29887 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29888 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29889 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29890 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29891 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29892 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29893 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29894 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29895 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30748 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34308 \begin_layout Standard
34309 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
34311 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
34312 also the characters from
34324 \begin_layout Itemize
34333 \begin_layout Standard
34334 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
34335 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34341 \begin_layout Standard
34342 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
34343 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34349 \begin_layout Standard
34350 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
34351 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34357 \begin_layout Standard
34358 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
34359 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34365 \begin_layout Standard
34367 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34373 \begin_layout Standard
34375 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34381 \begin_layout Standard
34383 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34390 \begin_layout Itemize
34403 \begin_layout Standard
34405 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34411 \begin_layout Standard
34413 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34419 \begin_layout Standard
34421 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34427 \begin_layout Standard
34429 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34435 \begin_layout Standard
34437 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34443 \begin_layout Standard
34445 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34452 \begin_layout Standard
34453 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
34454 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
34455 Also make sure you're using the
34462 \begin_layout Chapter
34465 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34467 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34474 \begin_layout Standard
34475 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
34476 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
34477 inside the user's guide.
34480 \begin_layout Section
34485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34494 \begin_layout Standard
34499 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34500 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34503 \begin_layout Subsection
34507 \begin_layout Standard
34508 Creates a new document.
34511 \begin_layout Subsection
34515 \begin_layout Standard
34516 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
34517 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34518 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34521 \begin_layout Subsection
34525 \begin_layout Standard
34529 \begin_layout Subsection
34533 \begin_layout Standard
34534 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34535 Click there on a file to open it.
34538 \begin_layout Subsection
34542 \begin_layout Standard
34543 Closes the current document.
34546 \begin_layout Subsection
34550 \begin_layout Standard
34551 Saves the actual document.
34554 \begin_layout Subsection
34558 \begin_layout Standard
34559 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34562 \begin_layout Subsection
34566 \begin_layout Standard
34567 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34570 \begin_layout Subsection
34574 \begin_layout Standard
34575 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34576 It is described in the section
34578 Version Control in LyX
34583 \begin_inset space ~
34591 \begin_layout Subsection
34595 \begin_layout Standard
34596 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files, NoWeb-files,
34597 plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files (CSV).
34598 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34601 \begin_layout Standard
34602 When using the menu
34605 \begin_inset space ~
34609 \begin_inset space ~
34614 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
34615 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
34616 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
34617 will start a new paragraph.
34620 \begin_layout Subsection
34622 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34631 \begin_layout Standard
34632 You can export your document to various file formats.
34633 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34634 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34635 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34638 \begin_layout Standard
34639 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
34641 \begin_inset space ~
34645 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34647 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34654 \begin_layout Description
34658 \begin_inset space ~
34663 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34664 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
34667 \begin_layout Description
34675 \begin_layout Description
34676 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
34680 \begin_layout Description
34682 \begin_inset space ~
34686 \begin_inset space ~
34689 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34693 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34701 \begin_layout Description
34708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34716 \begin_inset space ~
34721 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34722 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
34726 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34729 \begin_layout Description
34736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34744 \begin_inset space ~
34749 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34750 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34758 \begin_layout Description
34760 \begin_inset space ~
34763 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34764 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34771 is replaced by the version number)
34774 \begin_layout Description
34775 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
34788 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
34792 \begin_layout Description
34797 PDF-format using the program
34802 \begin_layout Description
34806 \begin_inset space ~
34811 PDF-format using the program
34816 \begin_layout Description
34820 \begin_inset space ~
34825 PDF-format using the program
34830 \begin_layout Description
34834 \begin_inset space ~
34842 \begin_layout Description
34846 \begin_inset space ~
34850 \begin_inset space ~
34855 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
34856 and then exported as text using the program
34861 \begin_layout Description
34866 PostScript format using the program
34871 \begin_layout Description
34879 \begin_layout Standard
34884 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
34885 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34891 produces directly PDF-files and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
34894 \begin_layout Standard
34895 If one of the menu entries
34902 \begin_inset space ~
34911 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34912 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34913 \begin_inset space ~
34917 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34919 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34928 Reconfiguration of LyX
34936 \begin_layout Standard
34941 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34942 the export program.
34945 \begin_layout Subsection
34949 \begin_layout Standard
34950 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
34951 or send it to a printer.
34952 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34953 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34959 For more informations have a look at section
34960 \begin_inset space ~
34964 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34966 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34973 \begin_layout Subsection
34974 New and Close Window
34977 \begin_layout Standard
34978 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
34979 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
34982 \begin_layout Section
34987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34996 \begin_layout Subsection
35000 \begin_layout Standard
35001 Described in section
35002 \begin_inset space ~
35006 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35008 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
35015 \begin_layout Subsection
35016 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
35019 \begin_layout Standard
35020 Described in section
35021 \begin_inset space ~
35025 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35027 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
35034 \begin_layout Subsection
35038 \begin_layout Standard
35039 Selects the whole document.
35042 \begin_layout Subsection
35046 \begin_layout Standard
35047 Described in section
35048 \begin_inset space ~
35052 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35054 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
35061 \begin_layout Subsection
35062 Move Paragraph Up/Down
35065 \begin_layout Standard
35066 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
35070 \begin_layout Subsection
35074 \begin_layout Standard
35075 Described in section
35076 \begin_inset space ~
35080 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35082 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
35089 \begin_layout Subsection
35094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35095 Paragraph ! Settings
35103 \begin_layout Standard
35104 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
35106 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
35109 \begin_layout Standard
35110 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
35111 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
35114 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35120 \begin_inset space ~
35128 \begin_layout Subsection
35132 \begin_layout Standard
35133 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
35134 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
35135 The properties of tables are described in section
35136 \begin_inset space ~
35140 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35142 reference "sec:Tables"
35146 , the properties of formulas in chapter
35147 \begin_inset space ~
35151 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35153 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35160 \begin_layout Subsection
35161 Increase / Decrease List Depth
35164 \begin_layout Standard
35165 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
35167 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
35168 \begin_inset space ~
35172 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35174 reference "sec:Nesting"
35179 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35181 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
35188 \begin_layout Section
35193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35202 \begin_layout Standard
35207 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
35208 document with an external program.
35209 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
35210 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
35211 All possible formats are formats listed in section
35212 \begin_inset space ~
35216 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35218 reference "sub:Export"
35223 You should at least see the menu entries
35230 \begin_inset space ~
35236 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35237 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35238 \begin_inset space ~
35242 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35244 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35253 Reconfiguration of LyX
35261 \begin_layout Standard
35262 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
35263 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
35264 \begin_inset space ~
35268 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35270 reference "sec:File-Formats"
35275 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
35278 \begin_layout Standard
35279 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
35282 At the bottom of the
35286 menu the opened documents are listed.
35289 \begin_layout Subsection
35290 Open/Close all Insets
35293 \begin_layout Standard
35294 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
35297 \begin_layout Subsection
35298 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
35301 \begin_layout Standard
35302 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
35305 \begin_layout Standard
35306 More about math macros will be described in the
35313 \begin_layout Subsection
35317 \begin_layout Standard
35318 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
35320 \begin_inset space ~
35324 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35326 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
35333 \begin_layout Subsection
35337 \begin_layout Standard
35338 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
35339 opening a new view window.
35342 \begin_layout Subsection
35346 \begin_layout Standard
35347 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
35348 This allows you view documents the same time to compare them, or to view
35349 the same document, but at different positions.
35350 You can split the main window even several times to view for example 3
35351 or more documents the same time.
35352 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
35359 \begin_layout Subsection
35363 \begin_layout Standard
35364 Closes a split view.
35367 \begin_layout Subsection
35371 \begin_layout Standard
35372 Using this menu or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars so
35373 that you will see nothing than your text.
35374 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
35375 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
35376 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the the appearing context menu.
35379 \begin_layout Subsection
35381 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35383 name "sub:Toolbars"
35391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35400 \begin_layout Standard
35401 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
35402 All toolbars and the
35405 \begin_inset space ~
35410 can be turned on and off.
35415 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
35427 \begin_inset space ~
35436 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
35440 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
35447 \begin_layout Standard
35452 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
35456 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
35457 or when a certain feature is enabled.
35458 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
35459 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
35460 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
35463 \begin_layout Standard
35464 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section
35465 \begin_inset space ~
35469 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35471 reference "sec:Toolbars"
35478 \begin_layout Section
35483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35492 \begin_layout Subsection
35496 \begin_layout Standard
35497 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
35498 \begin_inset space ~
35502 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35504 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35515 \begin_layout Subsection
35517 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35519 name "sub:Special-Character"
35526 \begin_layout Standard
35527 Here you can insert the following characters:
35530 \begin_layout Description
35531 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
35532 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
35533 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
35534 \begin_inset Newline newline
35538 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35546 Not all characters will be visible in the
35550 dialog because none of the screen font that you can set in the preferences
35552 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
35556 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35558 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
35562 ) can display every character.
35570 \begin_layout Description
35571 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35575 \begin_layout Description
35577 \begin_inset space ~
35581 \begin_inset space ~
35584 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35585 \begin_inset space ~
35589 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35591 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35598 \begin_layout Description
35600 \begin_inset space ~
35603 Quote Inserts this quote:
35604 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35607 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35609 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35619 \begin_layout Description
35621 \begin_inset space ~
35624 Quote Inserts this quote:
35625 \begin_inset Quotes els
35631 \begin_layout Description
35633 \begin_inset space ~
35636 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
35640 \begin_layout Description
35642 \begin_inset space ~
35645 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
35649 \begin_layout Description
35651 \begin_inset space ~
35654 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35658 \begin_layout Description
35660 \begin_inset space ~
35667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35678 Language ! Phonetic symbols
35683 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
35684 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
35685 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
35693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35694 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
35700 \begin_inset Newline newline
35703 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation of
35707 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35715 and this Wiki-page:
35716 \begin_inset Newline newline
35720 \begin_inset Flex URL
35723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35725 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
35733 \begin_layout Subsection
35737 \begin_layout Standard
35738 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
35741 \begin_layout Description
35742 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
35743 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
35749 \begin_layout Description
35750 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
35751 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
35757 \begin_layout Description
35759 \begin_inset space ~
35762 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
35763 \begin_inset space ~
35767 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35769 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
35776 \begin_layout Description
35778 \begin_inset space ~
35781 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
35782 \begin_inset space ~
35786 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35788 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
35795 \begin_layout Description
35797 \begin_inset space ~
35800 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
35801 \begin_inset space ~
35805 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35807 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
35814 \begin_layout Description
35816 \begin_inset space ~
35819 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
35820 \begin_inset space ~
35824 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35826 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
35833 \begin_layout Description
35835 \begin_inset space ~
35838 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section
35839 \begin_inset space ~
35843 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35845 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
35852 \begin_layout Description
35854 \begin_inset space ~
35857 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
35858 \begin_inset space ~
35862 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35864 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
35871 \begin_layout Description
35873 \begin_inset space ~
35876 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section
35877 \begin_inset space ~
35881 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35883 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
35890 \begin_layout Description
35892 \begin_inset space ~
35895 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
35896 \begin_inset space ~
35900 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35902 reference "sub:Ligatures"
35909 \begin_layout Description
35911 \begin_inset space ~
35915 \begin_inset space ~
35918 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
35919 \begin_inset space ~
35923 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35925 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35932 \begin_layout Description
35934 \begin_inset space ~
35937 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
35938 text line to the page border, see section
35939 \begin_inset space ~
35943 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35945 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35952 \begin_layout Description
35954 \begin_inset space ~
35957 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
35958 \begin_inset space ~
35962 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35964 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35971 \begin_layout Description
35973 \begin_inset space ~
35976 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
35977 text page to the page border, described in section
35978 \begin_inset space ~
35982 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35984 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35991 \begin_layout Description
35993 \begin_inset space ~
35996 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
35997 \begin_inset space ~
36001 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36003 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
36010 \begin_layout Description
36012 \begin_inset space ~
36016 \begin_inset space ~
36019 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
36020 \begin_inset space ~
36024 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36026 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
36033 \begin_layout Subsection
36037 \begin_layout Standard
36038 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
36039 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
36041 \begin_inset space ~
36045 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36047 reference "sec:toc"
36052 The index list is described in section
36053 \begin_inset space ~
36057 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36059 reference "sec:Index"
36063 , the nomenclature in section
36064 \begin_inset space ~
36068 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36070 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36074 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
36075 \begin_inset space ~
36079 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36081 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
36088 \begin_layout Subsection
36092 \begin_layout Standard
36093 To insert floats, described in section
36094 \begin_inset space ~
36098 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36100 reference "sec:Floats"
36107 \begin_layout Subsection
36111 \begin_layout Standard
36112 To insert notes, described in section
36113 \begin_inset space ~
36117 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36119 reference "sec:Notes"
36126 \begin_layout Subsection
36130 \begin_layout Standard
36131 Inserts branch insets as described in section
36132 \begin_inset space ~
36136 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36138 reference "sec:Branches"
36145 \begin_layout Subsection
36150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36159 \begin_layout Standard
36160 Here you can insert files to include them or its content to your document.
36161 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
36172 \begin_layout Subsection
36177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36186 \begin_layout Standard
36187 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
36188 \begin_inset space ~
36192 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36194 reference "sec:Minipages"
36199 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
36210 \begin_layout Subsection
36214 \begin_layout Standard
36215 Inserts a citation as described in section
36216 \begin_inset space ~
36220 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36222 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36229 \begin_layout Subsection
36233 \begin_layout Standard
36234 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
36235 \begin_inset space ~
36239 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36241 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36248 \begin_layout Subsection
36252 \begin_layout Standard
36253 Inserts a label as described in section
36254 \begin_inset space ~
36258 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36260 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36267 \begin_layout Subsection
36272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36283 Longtables ! Caption
36291 \begin_layout Standard
36292 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
36293 Floats are described in section
36294 \begin_inset space ~
36298 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36300 reference "sec:Floats"
36304 , captions in longtables are described in section
36315 \begin_layout Subsection
36319 \begin_layout Standard
36320 Inserts an index entry as described in section
36321 \begin_inset space ~
36325 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36327 reference "sec:Index"
36334 \begin_layout Subsection
36338 \begin_layout Standard
36339 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
36340 \begin_inset space ~
36344 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36346 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36353 \begin_layout Subsection
36357 \begin_layout Standard
36359 Tables are described in section
36360 \begin_inset space ~
36364 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36366 reference "sec:Tables"
36373 \begin_layout Subsection
36377 \begin_layout Standard
36379 Graphics are described in section
36380 \begin_inset space ~
36384 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36386 reference "sec:Graphics"
36393 \begin_layout Subsection
36397 \begin_layout Standard
36398 Inserts an URL as described in section
36399 \begin_inset space ~
36403 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36405 reference "sub:URLs"
36412 \begin_layout Subsection
36416 \begin_layout Standard
36417 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
36418 \begin_inset space ~
36422 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36424 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
36431 \begin_layout Subsection
36435 \begin_layout Standard
36436 Inserts a footnote, see section
36437 \begin_inset space ~
36441 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36443 reference "sec:Footnotes"
36450 \begin_layout Subsection
36454 \begin_layout Standard
36455 Inserts a marginal note, see section
36456 \begin_inset space ~
36460 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36462 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
36469 \begin_layout Subsection
36473 \begin_layout Standard
36474 Inserts a short title, see section
36475 \begin_inset space ~
36479 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36481 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
36488 \begin_layout Subsection
36492 \begin_layout Standard
36493 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
36494 \begin_inset space ~
36498 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36500 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
36507 \begin_layout Subsection
36512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36521 \begin_layout Standard
36522 Inserts a program listings box.
36523 Program listings are explained in chapter
36525 Program Code Listings
36534 \begin_layout Subsection
36538 \begin_layout Standard
36539 Inserts the actual date.
36540 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
36542 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
36552 There the different methods are also compared.
36555 \begin_layout Section
36560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36569 \begin_layout Standard
36570 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
36571 \begin_inset space ~
36574 of the current document.
36575 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
36578 \begin_layout Subsection
36582 \begin_layout Standard
36583 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
36584 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
36587 \begin_inset space ~
36591 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
36592 \begin_inset space ~
36595 2.5 and use the menu
36598 \begin_inset space ~
36602 \begin_inset space ~
36609 \begin_inset space ~
36615 \begin_inset space ~
36619 \begin_inset space ~
36625 Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
36637 \begin_layout Standard
36638 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
36639 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
36642 \begin_layout Subsection
36643 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
36646 \begin_layout Standard
36647 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
36651 \begin_layout Subsection
36655 \begin_layout Standard
36656 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
36657 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
36658 on a cross-reference box.
36661 \begin_layout Section
36666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36675 \begin_layout Subsection
36679 \begin_layout Standard
36680 Change Tracking is described in section
36681 \begin_inset space ~
36685 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36687 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
36694 \begin_layout Subsection
36699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36709 \begin_layout Standard
36710 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
36712 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
36715 \begin_layout Standard
36716 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
36721 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
36724 \begin_layout Subsection
36728 \begin_layout Standard
36729 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
36730 \begin_inset space ~
36734 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36736 reference "sec:Navigating"
36741 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36743 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
36750 \begin_layout Subsection
36751 Start Appendix Here
36754 \begin_layout Standard
36755 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
36756 position as described in section
36757 \begin_inset space ~
36761 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36763 reference "sec:Appendices"
36770 \begin_layout Subsection
36774 \begin_layout Standard
36775 Un/compresses the actual document.
36778 \begin_layout Subsection
36780 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36782 name "sub:Settings"
36790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36791 Document ! Settings
36799 \begin_layout Standard
36800 This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
36802 You can save your document settings as default with the
36804 Save as Document Defaults
36806 button in the dialog.
36807 This will create a template named
36811 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
36815 \begin_layout Standard
36816 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following:
36819 \begin_layout Subsubsection
36823 \begin_layout Standard
36824 Here you set the document class, class options, a Postscript driver, a master
36825 document, and modules.
36826 Document classes are described in section
36827 \begin_inset space ~
36831 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36833 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
36837 , modules in section
36838 \begin_inset space ~
36842 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36844 reference "sub:Modules"
36849 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
36854 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
36855 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
36859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36860 When you want one of the following drivers
36861 \begin_inset Newline newline
36864 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
36865 \begin_inset Newline newline
36868 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
36869 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36873 \begin_inset CommandInset href
36875 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
36884 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is
36885 a child or subdocument.
36886 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
36897 \begin_layout Subsubsection
36901 \begin_layout Standard
36902 The document font settings are described in section
36903 \begin_inset space ~
36907 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36909 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
36916 \begin_layout Subsubsection
36920 \begin_layout Standard
36921 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
36923 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
36927 \begin_layout Standard
36928 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
36929 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
36930 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
36933 \begin_layout Standard
36934 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
36942 \begin_layout Subsubsection
36946 \begin_layout Standard
36947 A description of this menu is given in section
36948 \begin_inset space ~
36952 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36954 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
36959 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36961 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
36968 \begin_layout Subsubsection
36972 \begin_layout Standard
36973 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
36974 \begin_inset space ~
36978 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36980 reference "sub:Margins"
36987 \begin_layout Subsubsection
36992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36993 Language ! Encoding
37001 \begin_layout Standard
37002 The document language and quote styles are set here.
37003 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
37004 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
37005 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
37006 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
37007 known for a particular character).
37011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37012 The known commands are defined in a text file.
37013 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
37018 manual for details.
37026 \begin_layout Standard
37027 If you use the option
37031 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
37032 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
37033 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
37034 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
37035 exactly one encoding.
37036 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
37044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37045 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
37046 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
37048 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
37049 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
37063 \begin_layout Standard
37064 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
37065 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
37066 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
37067 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
37068 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
37069 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
37074 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
37075 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
37076 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
37079 \begin_layout Standard
37080 Here is a list with the important encodings:
37083 \begin_layout Description
37085 \begin_inset space ~
37089 \begin_inset space ~
37093 \begin_inset space ~
37100 , but the LaTeX-package
37108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37109 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
37115 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
37116 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
37117 languages in TeX code.
37120 \begin_layout Description
37121 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
37122 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
37123 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
37126 \begin_layout Description
37128 \begin_inset space ~
37132 \begin_inset space ~
37135 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
37138 \begin_layout Description
37140 \begin_inset space ~
37144 \begin_inset space ~
37147 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
37150 \begin_layout Description
37152 \begin_inset space ~
37155 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
37158 \begin_layout Description
37160 \begin_inset space ~
37164 \begin_inset space ~
37167 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the same
37168 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
37171 \begin_layout Description
37173 \begin_inset space ~
37177 \begin_inset space ~
37180 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
37184 \begin_layout Description
37186 \begin_inset space ~
37190 \begin_inset space ~
37193 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a subset of the
37194 ISO-8859-13 encoding
37197 \begin_layout Description
37199 \begin_inset space ~
37203 \begin_inset space ~
37207 \begin_inset space ~
37210 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
37211 \begin_inset space ~
37217 \begin_layout Description
37219 \begin_inset space ~
37223 \begin_inset space ~
37227 \begin_inset space ~
37230 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
37231 Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
37234 \begin_layout Description
37236 \begin_inset space ~
37240 \begin_inset space ~
37243 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
37244 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
37245 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
37246 \begin_inset space ~
37250 \begin_inset space ~
37256 \begin_layout Description
37258 \begin_inset space ~
37262 \begin_inset space ~
37265 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
37266 except of the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
37267 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
37268 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
37269 \begin_inset space ~
37273 \begin_inset space ~
37279 \begin_layout Description
37281 \begin_inset space ~
37285 \begin_inset space ~
37288 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
37291 \begin_layout Description
37293 \begin_inset space ~
37297 \begin_inset space ~
37300 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
37303 \begin_layout Description
37305 \begin_inset space ~
37309 \begin_inset space ~
37312 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian, and Ukrainian
37315 \begin_layout Description
37317 \begin_inset space ~
37320 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
37323 \begin_layout Description
37325 \begin_inset space ~
37328 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
37331 \begin_layout Description
37333 \begin_inset space ~
37337 \begin_inset space ~
37340 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
37343 \begin_layout Description
37345 \begin_inset space ~
37349 \begin_inset space ~
37355 \begin_layout Description
37357 \begin_inset space ~
37361 \begin_inset space ~
37364 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
37367 \begin_layout Description
37369 \begin_inset space ~
37373 \begin_inset space ~
37379 \begin_layout Description
37381 \begin_inset space ~
37385 \begin_inset space ~
37388 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
37396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37397 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
37402 , when using this, set the document language to
37407 \begin_layout Description
37409 \begin_inset space ~
37413 \begin_inset space ~
37416 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
37420 , when using this, set the document language to
37425 \begin_layout Description
37427 \begin_inset space ~
37431 \begin_inset space ~
37434 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
37442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37443 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
37448 , when using this, set the document language to
37453 \begin_layout Description
37455 \begin_inset space ~
37459 \begin_inset space ~
37462 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
37466 , when using this, set the document language to
37471 \begin_layout Description
37473 \begin_inset space ~
37477 \begin_inset space ~
37480 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
37484 , when using this, set the document language to
37489 \begin_layout Description
37491 \begin_inset space ~
37494 (EUC-KR) for Korean
37497 \begin_layout Description
37499 \begin_inset space ~
37503 \begin_inset space ~
37507 \begin_inset space ~
37510 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and Turkish
37513 \begin_layout Description
37515 \begin_inset space ~
37519 \begin_inset space ~
37523 \begin_inset space ~
37526 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
37527 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian, Slovenian, is designed
37528 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
37531 \begin_layout Description
37533 \begin_inset space ~
37537 \begin_inset space ~
37543 \begin_layout Description
37545 \begin_inset space ~
37549 \begin_inset space ~
37552 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
37553 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
37556 \begin_layout Description
37558 \begin_inset space ~
37562 \begin_inset space ~
37565 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
37573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37574 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
37579 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
37582 \begin_layout Description
37584 \begin_inset space ~
37588 \begin_inset space ~
37591 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
37595 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
37603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37604 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
37605 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
37619 \begin_layout Description
37621 \begin_inset space ~
37625 \begin_inset space ~
37628 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
37636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37637 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
37642 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
37645 \begin_layout Description
37647 \begin_inset space ~
37650 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
37658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37659 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
37665 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
37669 \begin_layout Description
37671 \begin_inset space ~
37675 \begin_inset space ~
37679 \begin_inset space ~
37682 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
37683 \begin_inset space ~
37689 \begin_layout Description
37691 \begin_inset space ~
37695 \begin_inset space ~
37699 \begin_inset space ~
37702 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
37703 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
37704 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-1
37708 \begin_layout Description
37710 \begin_inset space ~
37714 \begin_inset space ~
37718 \begin_inset space ~
37721 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
37722 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
37725 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37729 \begin_layout Standard
37730 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
37732 \begin_inset space ~
37736 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37738 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
37745 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37749 \begin_layout Standard
37750 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX-packages
37758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37759 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
37772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37773 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
37779 For a further description see section
37780 \begin_inset space ~
37784 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37786 reference "sec:Bibliography"
37793 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37797 \begin_layout Standard
37798 The PDF properties are explained in section
37799 \begin_inset space ~
37803 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37805 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
37812 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37816 \begin_layout Standard
37817 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
37825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37826 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
37839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37840 LaTeX-packages ! esint
37845 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
37848 \begin_layout Standard
37853 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
37854 assure that you have enabled AMS.
37857 \begin_layout Standard
37862 is used for special integral characters.
37865 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37869 \begin_layout Standard
37870 The float placement options are described in section
37871 \begin_inset space ~
37875 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37877 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
37884 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37888 \begin_layout Standard
37889 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
37890 The itemize environment is described in section
37891 \begin_inset space ~
37895 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37897 reference "sec:Itemize"
37904 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37908 \begin_layout Standard
37909 Branches are described in section
37910 \begin_inset space ~
37914 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37916 reference "sec:Branches"
37923 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37938 \begin_layout Standard
37939 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
37940 to define LaTeX-commands.
37941 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
37942 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
37946 \begin_layout Standard
37947 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
37948 \begin_inset space ~
37952 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37954 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
37961 \begin_layout Section
37966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37975 \begin_layout Subsection
37979 \begin_layout Standard
37980 Spell checking is explained in section
37981 \begin_inset space ~
37985 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37987 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
37994 \begin_layout Subsection
37998 \begin_layout Standard
37999 The thesaurus is described in section
38000 \begin_inset space ~
38004 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38006 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
38013 \begin_layout Subsection
38018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38037 \begin_layout Standard
38038 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
38039 highlighted document part.
38042 \begin_layout Subsection
38047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38056 \begin_layout Standard
38057 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
38060 \begin_layout Subsection
38065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38066 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
38070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38077 Reconfiguration of LyX
38081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38098 Reconfiguration of LyX
38106 \begin_layout Standard
38107 This menu reconfigures LyX.
38108 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section
38109 \begin_inset space ~
38113 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38115 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38122 \begin_layout Subsection
38126 \begin_layout Standard
38127 The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
38128 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38132 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38134 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
38141 \begin_layout Section
38146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38155 \begin_layout Standard
38156 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
38160 \begin_layout Standard
38164 \begin_inset space ~
38169 shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
38170 found by LyX (see also section
38171 \begin_inset space ~
38175 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38177 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
38184 \begin_layout Section
38186 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38188 name "sec:Toolbars"
38195 \begin_layout Standard
38196 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
38197 \begin_inset space ~
38201 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38203 reference "sub:Toolbars"
38210 \begin_layout Standard
38211 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
38212 This is described in the
38219 \begin_layout Subsection
38224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38233 \begin_layout Standard
38234 \begin_inset Graphics
38235 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
38243 \begin_layout Standard
38244 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38250 \begin_layout Standard
38251 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
38256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38268 \begin_inset Note Note
38271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38272 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
38277 manual for more information.
38285 \begin_layout Standard
38286 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38292 \begin_layout Standard
38293 \begin_inset Tabular
38294 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
38295 <features islongtable="true">
38296 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
38297 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
38299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38303 \begin_inset Graphics
38304 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
38314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38318 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
38331 \begin_layout Standard
38332 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
38338 \begin_layout Standard
38340 \begin_inset Tabular
38341 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
38342 <features islongtable="true">
38343 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38344 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38345 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38352 \begin_inset Graphics
38353 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
38354 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38369 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38376 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38381 \begin_inset Graphics
38382 filename ../images/file-open.png
38383 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38398 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38405 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38410 \begin_inset Graphics
38411 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
38412 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38427 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38434 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38439 \begin_inset Graphics
38440 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
38441 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
38450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38456 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38463 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38468 \begin_inset Graphics
38469 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
38470 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38485 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38492 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38497 \begin_inset Graphics
38498 filename ../images/undo.png
38499 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38514 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38521 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38526 \begin_inset Graphics
38527 filename ../images/redo.png
38528 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38543 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38550 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38555 \begin_inset Graphics
38556 filename ../images/cut.png
38557 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38572 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38579 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38584 \begin_inset Graphics
38585 filename ../images/copy.png
38586 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38601 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38608 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38613 \begin_inset Graphics
38614 filename ../images/paste.png
38615 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38630 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38637 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38642 \begin_inset Graphics
38643 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
38644 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38645 rotateOrigin center
38654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38660 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38662 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38666 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38675 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38680 \begin_inset Graphics
38681 filename ../images/font-emph.png
38682 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38695 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
38697 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
38699 \begin_inset space ~
38710 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38715 \begin_inset Graphics
38716 filename ../images/font-noun.png
38717 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38730 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
38732 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
38734 \begin_inset space ~
38745 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38750 \begin_inset Graphics
38751 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
38752 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38765 Formats text using the current settings in the
38767 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38769 \begin_inset space ~
38780 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38785 \begin_inset Graphics
38786 filename ../images/math-mode.png
38787 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38802 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38803 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38805 \begin_inset space ~
38814 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38819 \begin_inset Graphics
38820 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
38821 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38822 rotateOrigin center
38831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38837 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38844 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38849 \begin_inset Graphics
38850 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
38851 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38852 rotateOrigin center
38861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38867 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38874 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38879 \begin_inset Graphics
38880 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
38881 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38882 rotateOrigin center
38891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38895 Toggle outline window on/off,
38897 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38904 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38909 \begin_inset Graphics
38910 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
38911 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38912 rotateOrigin center
38921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38925 Toggle math toolbar on/off
38931 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38936 \begin_inset Graphics
38937 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
38938 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38939 rotateOrigin center
38948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38952 Toggle table toolbar on/off
38965 \begin_layout Subsection
38970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38979 \begin_layout Standard
38980 \begin_inset Graphics
38981 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
38989 \begin_layout Standard
38990 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38996 \begin_layout Standard
38997 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
39001 \begin_layout Standard
39002 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39008 \begin_layout Standard
39009 \begin_inset Tabular
39010 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
39011 <features islongtable="true">
39012 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39013 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39014 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39019 \begin_inset Graphics
39020 filename ../images/layout.png
39021 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39022 rotateOrigin center
39031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39041 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39046 \begin_inset Graphics
39047 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
39048 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39049 rotateOrigin center
39058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39068 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39073 \begin_inset Graphics
39074 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
39075 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39076 rotateOrigin center
39085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39095 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39100 \begin_inset Graphics
39101 filename ../images/layout_List.png
39102 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39103 rotateOrigin center
39112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39122 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39127 \begin_inset Graphics
39128 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
39129 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39130 rotateOrigin center
39139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39149 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39154 \begin_inset Graphics
39155 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
39156 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39157 rotateOrigin center
39166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39172 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39174 \begin_inset space ~
39178 \begin_inset space ~
39187 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39192 \begin_inset Graphics
39193 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
39194 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39195 rotateOrigin center
39204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39210 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39212 \begin_inset space ~
39216 \begin_inset space ~
39225 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39230 \begin_inset Graphics
39231 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
39232 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39247 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39248 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39255 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39260 \begin_inset Graphics
39261 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
39262 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39277 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39278 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39285 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39290 \begin_inset Graphics
39291 filename ../images/label-insert.png
39292 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39307 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39314 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39319 \begin_inset Graphics
39320 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
39321 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39336 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39343 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39348 \begin_inset Graphics
39349 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
39350 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39365 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39372 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39377 \begin_inset Graphics
39378 filename ../images/index-insert.png
39379 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39394 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39396 \begin_inset space ~
39405 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39410 \begin_inset Graphics
39411 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
39412 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39427 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39429 \begin_inset space ~
39438 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39443 \begin_inset Graphics
39444 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
39445 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39460 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39467 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39472 \begin_inset Graphics
39473 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
39474 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39475 rotateOrigin center
39484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39490 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39492 \begin_inset space ~
39501 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39506 \begin_inset Graphics
39507 filename ../images/note-insert.png
39508 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39523 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39524 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39526 \begin_inset space ~
39535 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39540 \begin_inset Graphics
39541 filename ../images/box-insert.png
39542 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39557 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39564 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39569 \begin_inset Graphics
39570 filename ../images/url-insert.png
39571 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39586 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39593 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39598 \begin_inset Graphics
39599 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
39600 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39615 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39637 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39642 \begin_inset Graphics
39643 filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
39644 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39659 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39660 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39667 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39672 \begin_inset Graphics
39673 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
39674 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39689 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39690 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39692 \begin_inset space ~
39701 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39706 \begin_inset Graphics
39707 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
39708 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39709 rotateOrigin center
39718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39724 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39726 \begin_inset space ~
39735 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39740 \begin_inset Graphics
39741 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
39742 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39743 rotateOrigin center
39752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39758 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39760 \begin_inset space ~
39769 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39774 \begin_inset Graphics
39775 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
39776 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39777 rotateOrigin center
39786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39792 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39806 \begin_layout Subsection
39807 View / Update Toolbar
39811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39812 Toolbar ! View / Update
39820 \begin_layout Standard
39821 \begin_inset Graphics
39822 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
39829 \begin_layout Standard
39830 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39836 \begin_layout Standard
39837 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
39841 \begin_layout Standard
39842 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39848 \begin_layout Standard
39849 \begin_inset Tabular
39850 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
39851 <features islongtable="true">
39852 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39853 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39854 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39859 \begin_inset Graphics
39860 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
39861 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39862 rotateOrigin center
39871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39877 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39884 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39889 \begin_inset Graphics
39890 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
39891 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39892 rotateOrigin center
39901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39907 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39908 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39915 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39920 \begin_inset Graphics
39921 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
39922 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39923 rotateOrigin center
39932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39938 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39945 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39950 \begin_inset Graphics
39951 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
39952 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39953 rotateOrigin center
39962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39968 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39969 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39976 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39981 \begin_inset Graphics
39982 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
39983 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39984 rotateOrigin center
39993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39999 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40006 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40011 \begin_inset Graphics
40012 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
40013 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
40014 rotateOrigin center
40023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40029 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40030 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40044 \begin_layout Subsection
40048 \begin_layout Standard
40049 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
40050 \begin_inset space ~
40054 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40056 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40060 , the table toolbar
40064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40074 manual, the math macro toolbar in the
40081 \begin_layout Chapter
40087 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40089 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
40097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40106 \begin_layout Standard
40107 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
40109 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40113 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
40116 \begin_layout Section
40120 \begin_layout Subsection
40124 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40125 User Interface File
40129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40130 Customization ! of toolbars
40139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40140 Customization ! of menus
40148 \begin_layout Standard
40149 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40157 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
40166 \begin_layout Standard
40167 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
40168 interface (ui) file.
40169 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
40170 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
40179 Both files are loaded by the
40184 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
40185 files and edit the entries.
40188 \begin_layout Standard
40189 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
40201 entries must be ended with an explicit
40226 and in the case of the
40227 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40231 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40239 The syntax for the entries is:
40242 \begin_layout Standard
40243 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40249 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40257 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40265 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40271 \begin_layout Standard
40273 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40276 All LyX-functions are listed in
40277 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40286 \begin_layout Standard
40287 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
40293 \begin_layout Standard
40294 An example: Assuming you use the menu
40296 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40299 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
40303 \begin_layout Standard
40304 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40309 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
40312 \begin_layout Standard
40314 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40317 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
40320 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40324 \begin_layout Standard
40328 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40332 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40335 restoring of window layout and geometries
40337 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
40338 in the last LyX session.
40341 \begin_layout Standard
40344 Restore cursor positions
40346 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
40350 \begin_layout Standard
40353 Load opened files from last session
40355 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
40358 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40360 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40362 name "sub:Backup documents"
40370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40379 \begin_layout Standard
40384 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
40387 \begin_layout Standard
40392 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
40395 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40397 \begin_inset space ~
40405 \begin_layout Subsection
40410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40417 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40419 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
40426 \begin_layout Standard
40427 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
40430 \begin_layout Standard
40431 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40439 This section only deals with the fonts
40444 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
40447 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40448 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40459 \begin_layout Standard
40460 By default, LyX uses
40464 as roman (serif) font,
40472 (depends on the system) as
40475 \begin_inset space ~
40491 \begin_layout Standard
40492 You can change the font size with the
40497 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
40498 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
40501 \begin_layout Standard
40506 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
40507 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
40509 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40512 points have the size of 1
40513 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40517 \begin_inset space ~
40521 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40523 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
40530 \begin_layout Standard
40535 are the same as if a document font size of 10
40536 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40540 The sizes are explained in detail in section
40541 \begin_inset space ~
40545 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40547 reference "sub:Document-Font"
40554 \begin_layout Standard
40557 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
40559 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
40560 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
40561 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
40562 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
40564 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
40565 \begin_inset space ~
40571 \begin_layout Subsection
40576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40595 \begin_layout Standard
40596 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
40597 Choose an item in the list and use the
40604 \begin_layout Subsection
40609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40610 Settings ! Graphics
40618 \begin_layout Standard
40619 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
40622 \begin_layout Standard
40627 enables previewing snippets of your document.
40628 This feature is described in section
40629 \begin_inset space ~
40633 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40635 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
40642 \begin_layout Section
40647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40656 \begin_layout Subsection
40660 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40664 \begin_layout Standard
40667 Cursor follows scrollbar
40669 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
40673 \begin_layout Standard
40676 Sort environments alphabetically
40678 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40681 \begin_layout Standard
40684 Group environments by their category
40686 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40689 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40693 \begin_layout Standard
40694 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
40699 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
40700 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
40704 \begin_layout Subsection
40709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40720 Settings ! Shortcuts
40728 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40732 \begin_layout Standard
40733 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
40734 Several binding files are available:
40737 \begin_layout Description
40738 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
40741 \begin_layout Description
40742 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
40753 \begin_layout Description
40754 mac.bind set of bindings for
40757 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40765 \begin_layout Standard
40766 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
40770 , and bind files for special languages.
40771 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.g.
40773 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40777 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40781 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
40785 \begin_layout Standard
40786 Some bind-files, like
40790 , have only a small scope.
40791 When looking at the the end of the file
40795 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
40798 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40800 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40802 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
40810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40811 Key Bindings ! Editing
40819 \begin_layout Standard
40820 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
40821 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
40822 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
40825 Show key-bindings containing
40828 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
40829 Insert there for example as keyword
40830 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40834 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40837 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
40839 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40843 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40847 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
40848 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
40852 that you find in the
40859 \begin_layout Standard
40861 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40865 \begin_inset space ~
40876 , select the function and press the
40881 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
40882 So press M-q to define the shortcut.
40883 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
40884 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
40885 binding and adding the different function names as semicolon separated
40887 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
40889 The binding for the function
40893 is an example for this.
40896 \begin_layout Standard
40897 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
40899 The syntax of the entries is:
40902 \begin_layout Standard
40908 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40912 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40916 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40920 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40926 \begin_layout Subsection
40928 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40932 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40936 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40938 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
40946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40957 Settings ! Keyboard Map
40965 \begin_layout Standard
40966 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
40967 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
40969 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40973 \begin_inset space ~
40976 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
40977 can use the keyboard map file named
40984 \begin_layout Standard
40985 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40993 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
41001 \begin_layout Standard
41002 Besides this, you can specify here the
41004 Wheel scrolling speed
41007 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
41011 \begin_layout Section
41016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41035 \begin_layout Description
41037 \begin_inset space ~
41040 directory This is LyX's working directory.
41041 It is the default when you
41052 \begin_inset space ~
41060 \begin_layout Description
41062 \begin_inset space ~
41065 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
41067 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41069 \begin_inset space ~
41073 \begin_inset space ~
41081 \begin_layout Description
41083 \begin_inset space ~
41090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41096 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
41097 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
41098 \begin_inset space ~
41102 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41104 reference "sub:Backup documents"
41112 will be used to save the backups.
41113 \begin_inset Newline newline
41116 The backup files have the ending
41117 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41121 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41127 \begin_layout Description
41132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41139 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
41140 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
41141 \begin_inset Newline newline
41145 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41153 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
41161 \begin_layout Description
41163 \begin_inset space ~
41166 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
41169 \begin_layout Description
41171 \begin_inset space ~
41174 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
41175 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
41176 to find it on the system.
41177 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
41178 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
41180 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41184 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41187 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
41188 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
41192 \begin_layout Section
41196 \begin_layout Standard
41197 Here you can insert your name and email address.
41198 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
41200 \begin_inset space ~
41204 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41206 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
41210 , to mark changes you make as yours.
41213 \begin_layout Section
41218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41219 Language ! Settings
41228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41229 Settings ! Language
41237 \begin_layout Subsection
41241 \begin_layout Description
41243 \begin_inset space ~
41246 language is the language used in new documents
41249 \begin_layout Description
41251 \begin_inset space ~
41254 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
41256 The default is the LaTeX-command
41262 that loads the package
41270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41271 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
41272 \begin_inset space ~
41276 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41278 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
41288 \begin_inset Newline newline
41295 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
41296 the document language.
41297 A text label is for instance the word
41298 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41302 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41305 at the beginning of every table-caption.
41308 \begin_layout Description
41310 \begin_inset space ~
41313 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
41314 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
41315 An example is the start command
41321 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
41326 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41341 selectlanguage{$$lang}
41346 \begin_layout Description
41348 \begin_inset space ~
41356 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
41357 command toggles the package on and off.
41360 \begin_layout Description
41362 \begin_inset space ~
41372 \begin_layout Description
41373 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
41374 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
41375 used by all LaTeX-packages.
41376 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
41383 \begin_layout Description
41385 \begin_inset space ~
41388 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
41390 When this option is not set, the
41393 \begin_inset space ~
41398 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
41399 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
41402 \begin_inset space ~
41410 \begin_layout Description
41412 \begin_inset space ~
41418 \begin_inset space ~
41424 When it is not set, the
41427 \begin_inset space ~
41432 is set to the end of the document.
41435 \begin_layout Description
41437 \begin_inset space ~
41441 \begin_inset space ~
41444 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
41445 language will be underlined blue.
41448 \begin_layout Description
41450 \begin_inset space ~
41454 \begin_inset space ~
41458 \begin_inset space ~
41462 \begin_inset space ~
41465 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left, like Arabic,
41469 \begin_layout Subsection
41473 \begin_layout Standard
41474 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
41475 \begin_inset space ~
41479 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41481 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
41488 \begin_layout Section
41492 \begin_layout Subsection
41494 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41523 \begin_layout Description
41525 \begin_inset space ~
41528 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
41529 The name will be used when the
41534 \begin_inset Newline newline
41538 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41546 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
41555 \begin_layout Description
41557 \begin_inset space ~
41561 \begin_inset space ~
41565 \begin_inset space ~
41568 printer This option works only for the
41573 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41581 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41585 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
41586 This is an option only for dvips experts.
41589 \begin_layout Description
41591 \begin_inset space ~
41594 command is the command LyX
41595 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41599 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41602 LaTeX uses for printing.
41603 The default is on most systems
41610 \begin_layout Description
41612 \begin_inset space ~
41616 \begin_inset space ~
41619 Options Here you can specify printer options.
41620 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
41621 of the program that provides the
41628 \begin_layout Subsection
41633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41644 Settings ! Date format
41652 \begin_layout Standard
41653 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
41654 \begin_inset Newline newline
41658 \begin_inset Flex URL
41661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41663 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
41669 \begin_inset Newline newline
41672 For example the format
41673 \begin_inset Newline newline
41677 \begin_inset Newline newline
41680 prints the date as day/month/year.
41683 \begin_layout Subsection
41687 \begin_layout Description
41689 \begin_inset space ~
41693 \begin_inset space ~
41696 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
41699 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41700 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41702 \begin_inset space ~
41708 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
41712 \begin_layout Description
41714 \begin_inset space ~
41717 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
41722 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
41723 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
41726 \begin_layout Subsection
41731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41739 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41741 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
41749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41758 \begin_layout Description
41763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41771 \begin_inset space ~
41774 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
41779 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
41801 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
41802 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41810 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41814 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
41815 LyX sets up in the background.
41816 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
41819 \begin_layout Description
41821 \begin_inset space ~
41825 \begin_inset space ~
41828 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
41833 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
41836 \begin_layout Description
41838 \begin_inset space ~
41842 \begin_inset space ~
41846 \begin_inset space ~
41850 \begin_inset space ~
41854 \begin_inset space ~
41858 \begin_inset space ~
41861 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
41863 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41866 dialog when changing the document class.
41869 \begin_layout Standard
41872 External Applications
41874 field you can specify commands with parameters for the listed applications.
41875 Before you change something here, it is strongly recommended to read the
41876 manuals of the applications.
41877 Currently the following commands can be set:
41880 \begin_layout Description
41885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41893 \begin_inset space ~
41896 command Command for the program
41900 that is described in section
41911 \begin_layout Description
41916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41924 \begin_inset space ~
41927 command Command for the program
41931 that generates the bibliography, see section
41932 \begin_inset space ~
41936 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41938 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
41945 \begin_layout Description
41947 \begin_inset space ~
41950 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
41951 \begin_inset space ~
41955 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41957 reference "sub:Index-Program"
41964 \begin_layout Description
41966 \begin_inset space ~
41970 \begin_inset space ~
41974 \begin_inset space ~
41978 \begin_inset space ~
41981 options They only have an effect when the program
41985 is used as DVI-viewer.
41988 \begin_layout Subsection
41993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42012 \begin_layout Standard
42017 is only available in the Windows version of LyX.
42020 Use Windows-style paths in LaTeX files
42022 uses the Windows path style:
42025 \begin_layout Standard
42033 \begin_layout Standard
42034 instead of the Unix path style:
42037 \begin_layout Standard
42041 \begin_layout Section
42046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42055 \begin_layout Standard
42056 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
42057 from one format to another.
42058 You can modify them or create new ones.
42059 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
42066 \begin_inset space ~
42076 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
42080 \begin_inset space ~
42085 drop-down list, modify the
42089 field, and press the
42096 \begin_layout Standard
42099 Converter File Cache
42101 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
42104 Maximum Age (in days
42107 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
42108 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
42111 \begin_layout Standard
42112 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
42113 the converter definition, is described in section
42124 \begin_layout Section
42129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42136 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42138 name "sec:File-Formats"
42145 \begin_layout Standard
42146 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
42147 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
42149 To create a new format, select an existing one, change the entry of the
42157 \begin_inset space ~
42169 \begin_layout Standard
42170 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
42171 is described in section
42182 \begin_layout Section
42187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42196 \begin_layout Standard
42197 Here you find the list of defined copiers.
42198 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
42199 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
42200 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
42201 This is done by a Copier.
42204 \begin_layout Standard
42205 More about converters is described in section
42216 \begin_layout Chapter
42217 Units available in LyX
42221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42228 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42230 name "cha:Units-available-in"
42237 \begin_layout Standard
42238 To understand the units described in this documentation,
42239 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42241 reference "cap:Units"
42245 explains all units available in LyX.
42248 \begin_layout Standard
42249 \begin_inset Float table
42255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42256 \begin_inset Caption
42258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42259 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42274 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
42280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42282 \begin_inset Tabular
42283 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
42285 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42286 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42382 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42386 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42410 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42414 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42437 scaled point (65536
42438 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42442 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42466 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42470 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42494 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42498 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
42502 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42526 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42530 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42553 % of original image width
42560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42742 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42746 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42767 \begin_layout Chapter
42769 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42778 \begin_layout Standard
42779 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
42780 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
42783 \begin_layout Itemize
42786 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
42789 \begin_layout Itemize
42795 \begin_layout Itemize
42801 \begin_layout Itemize
42807 \begin_layout Itemize
42813 \begin_layout Itemize
42819 \begin_layout Itemize
42825 \begin_layout Itemize
42831 \begin_layout Itemize
42834 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
42837 \begin_layout Itemize
42843 \begin_layout Itemize
42849 \begin_layout Itemize
42855 \begin_layout Itemize
42861 \begin_layout Itemize
42867 \begin_layout Itemize
42873 \begin_layout Itemize
42879 \begin_layout Itemize
42885 \begin_layout Itemize
42887 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
42896 \begin_layout Standard
42897 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
42900 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
42907 \begin_layout Bibliography
42908 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42909 LatexCommand bibitem
42916 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42919 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
42924 \begin_inset Newline newline
42928 \begin_inset Flex URL
42931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42933 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
42941 \begin_layout Bibliography
42942 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42943 LatexCommand bibitem
42944 key "latexcompanion"
42948 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
42950 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
42953 Addison-Wesley, 2004
42956 \begin_layout Bibliography
42957 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42958 LatexCommand bibitem
42963 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
42966 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
42969 Addison-Wesley, 2003
42972 \begin_layout Bibliography
42973 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42974 LatexCommand bibitem
42981 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
42984 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
42987 \begin_layout Bibliography
42988 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42989 LatexCommand bibitem
43001 Addison-Wesley, 1984
43004 \begin_layout Bibliography
43005 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43006 LatexCommand bibitem
43012 \begin_inset Newline newline
43016 \begin_inset Flex URL
43019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43021 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
43029 \begin_layout Bibliography
43030 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43031 LatexCommand bibitem
43037 \begin_inset Newline newline
43041 \begin_inset Flex URL
43044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43046 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
43054 \begin_layout Bibliography
43055 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43056 LatexCommand bibitem
43062 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43064 name "Documentation"
43065 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
43074 \begin_inset Newline newline
43078 \begin_inset Flex URL
43081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43083 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
43091 \begin_layout Bibliography
43092 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43093 LatexCommand bibitem
43099 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43101 name "Documentation"
43102 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
43111 \begin_inset Newline newline
43115 \begin_inset Flex URL
43118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43120 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
43128 \begin_layout Bibliography
43129 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43130 LatexCommand bibitem
43136 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43138 name "Documentation"
43139 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
43148 \begin_inset Newline newline
43152 \begin_inset Flex URL
43155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43157 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
43165 \begin_layout Bibliography
43166 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43167 LatexCommand bibitem
43173 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43175 name "Documentation"
43176 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
43180 of the LaTeX-package
43188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43189 LaTeX-packages ! caption
43195 \begin_inset Newline newline
43199 \begin_inset Flex URL
43202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43204 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
43212 \begin_layout Bibliography
43213 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43214 LatexCommand bibitem
43220 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43222 name "Documentation"
43223 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
43227 of the LaTeX-package
43235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43236 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
43242 \begin_inset Newline newline
43246 \begin_inset Flex URL
43249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43251 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
43259 \begin_layout Bibliography
43260 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43261 LatexCommand bibitem
43269 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43271 name "Documentation"
43272 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
43278 of the LaTeX-package
43286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43287 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
43293 \begin_inset Newline newline
43297 \begin_inset Flex URL
43300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43302 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
43310 \begin_layout Bibliography
43311 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43312 LatexCommand bibitem
43318 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43320 name "Documentation"
43321 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
43325 of the LaTeX-package
43333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43334 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
43340 \begin_inset Newline newline
43344 \begin_inset Flex URL
43347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43349 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
43357 \begin_layout Bibliography
43358 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43359 LatexCommand bibitem
43365 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43367 name "Documentation"
43368 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
43372 of the LaTeX-package
43380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43381 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
43387 \begin_inset Newline newline
43391 \begin_inset Flex URL
43394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43396 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
43404 \begin_layout Bibliography
43405 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43406 LatexCommand bibitem
43412 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43414 name "Documentation"
43415 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
43419 of the LaTeX-package
43427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43428 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
43434 \begin_inset Newline newline
43438 \begin_inset Flex URL
43441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43443 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
43451 \begin_layout Bibliography
43452 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43453 LatexCommand bibitem
43459 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43462 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
43466 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
43467 \begin_inset Newline newline
43471 \begin_inset Flex URL
43474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43476 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
43484 \begin_layout Bibliography
43485 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43486 LatexCommand bibitem
43492 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43495 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
43499 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
43500 \begin_inset Newline newline
43504 \begin_inset Flex URL
43507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43509 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
43517 \begin_layout Bibliography
43518 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43519 LatexCommand bibitem
43525 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43528 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
43532 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
43533 \begin_inset Newline newline
43537 \begin_inset Flex URL
43540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43542 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
43550 \begin_layout Bibliography
43551 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43552 LatexCommand bibitem
43558 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43561 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
43565 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
43566 \begin_inset Newline newline
43570 \begin_inset Flex URL
43573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43575 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
43583 \begin_layout Bibliography
43584 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43585 LatexCommand bibitem
43591 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43594 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
43598 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
43599 \begin_inset Newline newline
43603 \begin_inset Flex URL
43606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43608 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
43616 \begin_layout Bibliography
43617 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43618 LatexCommand bibitem
43624 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43627 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
43631 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
43632 \begin_inset Newline newline
43636 \begin_inset Flex URL
43639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43641 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
43649 \begin_layout Bibliography
43650 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43651 LatexCommand bibitem
43657 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43660 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
43664 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
43665 \begin_inset Newline newline
43669 \begin_inset Flex URL
43672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43674 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
43682 \begin_layout Bibliography
43683 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43684 LatexCommand bibitem
43690 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43693 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
43697 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
43698 \begin_inset Newline newline
43702 \begin_inset Flex URL
43705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43707 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
43715 \begin_layout Bibliography
43716 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43717 LatexCommand bibitem
43723 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43726 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
43730 about new features in
43735 \begin_inset Newline newline
43739 \begin_inset Flex URL
43742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43744 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
43752 \begin_layout Standard
43753 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
43760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43787 \begin_inset Note Note
43790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43797 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
43798 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
43799 bibliography is the second one:
43807 \begin_layout Standard
43808 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
43809 LatexCommand bibtex
43810 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
43811 options "biblio/alphadin"
43818 \begin_layout Standard
43819 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
43822 \begin_layout Standard
43825 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
43826 LatexCommand printnomenclature
43831 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
43832 LatexCommand printindex